|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
659
|
71 char_u *cp_extra; /* extra menu text (allocated, can be NULL) */
|
|
|
72 char_u *cp_info; /* verbose info (can be NULL) */
|
|
|
73 char_u cp_kind; /* kind of match, single letter, or NUL */
|
|
|
74 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
75 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
76 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
77 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
78 };
|
|
|
79
|
|
464
|
80 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
81 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
83 /*
|
|
|
84 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
85 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
87 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
88 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
89 */
|
|
464
|
90 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
92 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
93
|
|
657
|
94 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
95 * are used. */
|
|
|
96 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
99 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
100 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
101
|
|
449
|
102 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
103 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
104 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
105
|
|
464
|
106 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
107 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
108 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
109 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
110 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
111 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
112 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
113 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
114 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
115 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
116 * completion started */
|
|
|
117 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
118 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
119
|
|
|
120 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
121 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
659
|
122 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches));
|
|
7
|
123 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
124 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
126 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
127 static int pum_two_or_more __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
128 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
7
|
129 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
130 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
131 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
659
|
133 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
134 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
135 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
659
|
136 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
137 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
610
|
139 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count));
|
|
|
140 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
141 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
142 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
143 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
144 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
145 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
148 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
149 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
150 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
153 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
155 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
156 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
157 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
158 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
160 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
161 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
162 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
163 #endif
|
|
7
|
164 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
165 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
166 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
167 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
169 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
171 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
172 #endif
|
|
|
173 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
176 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
180 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
181 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
183 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 #endif
|
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
186 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
449
|
188 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
189 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
190 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
191 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
192 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
193 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
194 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
195 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
199 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
200 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
201 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
202 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
204 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
206 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
208 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
213 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
216 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
217 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
218 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
219 #endif
|
|
|
220 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
222 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
223 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
225 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
226 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
227 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
228 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
229 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
230
|
|
|
231 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
232 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
233 #endif
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
238 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
239 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
240 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
241 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
242 #endif
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
244 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
245 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
246 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
249 under the cursor */
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 /*
|
|
|
252 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
253 *
|
|
|
254 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
255 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
256 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
257 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
258 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
259 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
260 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
261 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
262 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
263 *
|
|
|
264 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
265 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
266 *
|
|
|
267 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
268 */
|
|
|
269 int
|
|
|
270 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
271 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
272 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
273 long count;
|
|
|
274 {
|
|
|
275 int c = 0;
|
|
|
276 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
277 int lastc;
|
|
|
278 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
279 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
280 int i;
|
|
|
281 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
282 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
283 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
284 #endif
|
|
|
285 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
286 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
287 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
288 #endif
|
|
|
289 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
290 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
291 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
292
|
|
603
|
293 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
294 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
295
|
|
7
|
296 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
297 * error message */
|
|
|
298 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
300 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
301 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
302 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
305 return FALSE;
|
|
|
306 }
|
|
|
307 #endif
|
|
632
|
308 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
309 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
310 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
311 {
|
|
|
312 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
313 return FALSE;
|
|
|
314 }
|
|
7
|
315
|
|
|
316 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
317 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
318 #endif
|
|
|
319
|
|
11
|
320 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
321 /*
|
|
|
322 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
323 */
|
|
|
324 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
325 {
|
|
532
|
326 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
327 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
328 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
329 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
330 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
331 else
|
|
|
332 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
333 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
334 # endif
|
|
11
|
335 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
336 }
|
|
|
337 #endif
|
|
|
338
|
|
7
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
340 /*
|
|
|
341 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
342 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
343 */
|
|
|
344 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
345 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
346 else
|
|
|
347 #endif
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
350 if (startln)
|
|
|
351 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
352 }
|
|
|
353 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
354 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
355 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
356 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
361 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
362 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
363 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
366 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
367 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
368 }
|
|
|
369 else
|
|
|
370 #endif
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
373 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
374 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
375 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
376 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
381 {
|
|
|
382 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
383 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
384 {
|
|
|
385 beep_flush();
|
|
|
386 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
387 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
388 }
|
|
|
389 else
|
|
|
390 #endif
|
|
|
391 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
394 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
395 {
|
|
|
396 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
397 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
398 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
399 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
400 }
|
|
|
401 #endif
|
|
|
402 else
|
|
|
403 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
405 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 /*
|
|
|
408 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
409 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
410 */
|
|
|
411 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
412
|
|
|
413 /*
|
|
|
414 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
415 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
416 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
417 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
420 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
421 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
422 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
426 setmouse();
|
|
|
427 #endif
|
|
|
428 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
429 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
430 #endif
|
|
|
431 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
432 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
433 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
434 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
435 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
436 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
437 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
438 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 /*
|
|
|
442 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
443 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
444 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
449 /*
|
|
|
450 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
451 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
452 */
|
|
|
453 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
454 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
455 else
|
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
|
457 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
458 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 /*
|
|
|
461 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
462 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
463 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
464 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
465 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
466 */
|
|
|
467 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
468 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
469 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
470 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
471 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
472 {
|
|
|
473 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
474 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
475 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
476 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
477 {
|
|
474
|
478 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
479 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
480 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
481 }
|
|
|
482 #endif
|
|
|
483 }
|
|
230
|
484 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
485 }
|
|
|
486 else
|
|
|
487 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
490 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
493 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
496 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
499 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
500 #endif
|
|
|
501 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
502 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
503 * restarting. */
|
|
|
504 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
505 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
506 #endif
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /*
|
|
|
509 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
510 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
511 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
512 */
|
|
|
513 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
514 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
515 i = showmode();
|
|
|
516
|
|
|
517 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
518 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
521 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
522 #endif
|
|
|
523 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
524 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526
|
|
603
|
527 /*
|
|
|
528 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
529 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
530 */
|
|
7
|
531 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
532 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
533 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
534 else
|
|
|
535 {
|
|
|
536 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
537 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
538 }
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 /*
|
|
|
543 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
544 */
|
|
|
545 for (;;)
|
|
|
546 {
|
|
|
547 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
548 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
549 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
550 else
|
|
|
551 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
552 #endif
|
|
|
553 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
554 count = 0;
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
559 count = 0;
|
|
|
560 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
564 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
565 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
567 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
568 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
569 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
572 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
573 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 /*
|
|
|
577 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
578 */
|
|
|
579 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
582 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
583 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
584 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
585 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
586 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
590 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
591 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
592 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
593 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
594 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
595 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /*
|
|
|
599 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
600 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
601 * redraw.
|
|
|
602 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
603 * something.
|
|
|
604 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
605 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
606 */
|
|
|
607 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
608 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
609 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
610 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
611 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
612 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
613 #endif
|
|
|
614 )
|
|
|
615 {
|
|
|
616 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
617 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
620 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
621 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
622 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
623 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
624 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
625 #endif
|
|
|
626 ))
|
|
|
627 {
|
|
|
628 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
629 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
630 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
631 else
|
|
|
632 #endif
|
|
|
633 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
634 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
635 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
636 else
|
|
|
637 #endif
|
|
|
638 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
639 }
|
|
|
640 }
|
|
|
641
|
|
|
642 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
643 update_topline();
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
647 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 /*
|
|
|
650 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
651 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
652 */
|
|
|
653 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
654
|
|
|
655 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
656 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
657 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
658 #endif
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 update_curswant();
|
|
|
661 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
662 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
663 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
664 #endif
|
|
|
665
|
|
|
666 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
667 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
668 #endif
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 /*
|
|
|
671 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
672 */
|
|
|
673 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
674 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
676 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
677 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
678 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
679 #endif
|
|
|
680 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
681 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
682 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
683 #endif
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
685 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
540
|
686 /* When the popup menu is visible cursor keys change the selection. */
|
|
|
687 if (c == K_UP && pum_visible())
|
|
|
688 c = Ctrl_P;
|
|
|
689 if (c == K_DOWN && pum_visible())
|
|
|
690 c = Ctrl_N;
|
|
|
691
|
|
659
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
694 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
695 */
|
|
|
696 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
699 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
700 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
701 continue;
|
|
|
702
|
|
659
|
703 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
704 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
705 {
|
|
659
|
706 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
707 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
708 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
711 continue;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713
|
|
|
714 /* A printable character: Add it to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
715 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
718 continue;
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
657
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 }
|
|
|
722
|
|
7
|
723 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
724 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
657
|
725 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
726 continue;
|
|
7
|
727 #endif
|
|
|
728
|
|
477
|
729 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
730 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
731 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
732 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
735 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
736 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
737 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
738 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
739 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
740 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
741 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
742 {
|
|
477
|
743 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
744 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
745 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
746 }
|
|
|
747 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
748 continue;
|
|
|
749 else
|
|
|
750 {
|
|
477
|
751 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
752 {
|
|
|
753 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
754 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
755 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
756 }
|
|
7
|
757 count = 0;
|
|
|
758 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
759 }
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
762 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
763 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
764 #endif
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
767 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
768 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
769 #endif
|
|
|
770 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
771 {
|
|
|
772 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
773 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
774 continue;
|
|
|
775 }
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
778 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
779 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
780 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
781 # endif
|
|
|
782 )
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
785 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
786 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
787 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
788 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
789 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
790 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
791 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
792 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
793 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
794 }
|
|
|
795 #endif
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
798 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
799 switch (c)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
802 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
803 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
804 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
805 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
806 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
807 }
|
|
|
808 #endif
|
|
|
809
|
|
|
810 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
813 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
814 * characters.
|
|
|
815 */
|
|
|
816 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
817 continue;
|
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 /*
|
|
|
821 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
822 */
|
|
|
823 switch (c)
|
|
|
824 {
|
|
449
|
825 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
826 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
827 break;
|
|
|
828 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
829
|
|
449
|
830 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
831 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
832 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
833 {
|
|
|
834 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
835 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
836 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
837 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
838 }
|
|
|
839 #endif
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
842 do_intr:
|
|
|
843 #endif
|
|
|
844 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
845 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
846 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
847 {
|
|
|
848 if (got_int)
|
|
|
849 {
|
|
|
850 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
851 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
852 }
|
|
|
853 else
|
|
|
854 vim_beep();
|
|
|
855 break;
|
|
|
856 }
|
|
|
857 doESCkey:
|
|
|
858 /*
|
|
|
859 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
860 */
|
|
|
861 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
862 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
863 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
864 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
865
|
|
477
|
866 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
869 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
870 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
871 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
872 #endif
|
|
7
|
873 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
874 }
|
|
7
|
875 continue;
|
|
|
876
|
|
449
|
877 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
878 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
879 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
880 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
881 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
882 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
885 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
886 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
887 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
888 #endif
|
|
|
889 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
890 break;
|
|
|
891 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
892 count = 0;
|
|
|
893 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
894
|
|
464
|
895 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
896 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
897 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
898 break;
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
901 break;
|
|
|
902
|
|
449
|
903 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
904 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
905 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
906 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
907 #endif
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
910 case K_F1:
|
|
|
911 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
912 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
913 if (p_im)
|
|
|
914 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
915 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
918 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
919 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
920 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
921 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
922 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
923 break;
|
|
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
927 case NUL:
|
|
|
928 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
929 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
930 * error. */
|
|
7
|
931 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
932 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
933 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
934 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
935 break;
|
|
|
936
|
|
449
|
937 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
938 ins_reg();
|
|
|
939 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
940 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
941 break;
|
|
|
942
|
|
449
|
943 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
944 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
945 break;
|
|
|
946
|
|
449
|
947 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
948 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
949 break;
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
952 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
953 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
954 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
955 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957 #endif
|
|
|
958
|
|
449
|
959 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
960 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
961 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
962 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
963 #endif
|
|
|
964 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
965
|
|
449
|
966 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
967 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
968 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
969 {
|
|
449
|
970 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
971 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
972 break;
|
|
7
|
973 }
|
|
|
974 # endif
|
|
|
975 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
976 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
977 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
978 break;
|
|
|
979
|
|
449
|
980 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
981 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
982 ins_del();
|
|
|
983 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
984 break;
|
|
|
985
|
|
449
|
986 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
987 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
988 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
989 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
990 break;
|
|
|
991
|
|
449
|
992 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
993 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
994 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
995 break;
|
|
|
996
|
|
449
|
997 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
998 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
999 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1000 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1001 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1002 # endif
|
|
7
|
1003 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1004 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1005 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
|
1008 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1009 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1010 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1011 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1012 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1013 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1014 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1015 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1016 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1017 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1018 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1019 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1020 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1021 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1022 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1023 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1024 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1025 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1026 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028
|
|
449
|
1029 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1030 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032
|
|
449
|
1033 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1034 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1035 break;
|
|
|
1036 #endif
|
|
|
1037
|
|
449
|
1038 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1039 break;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
625
|
1041 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1042 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1043 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1044 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1045 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1046 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1047 break;
|
|
|
1048 #endif
|
|
|
1049
|
|
7
|
1050 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1051 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1052 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1056 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1057 break;
|
|
|
1058 #endif
|
|
|
1059
|
|
449
|
1060 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1061 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1062 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1063 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1064 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1065 break;
|
|
|
1066
|
|
449
|
1067 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1068 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1069 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1070 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1071 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1072 break;
|
|
|
1073
|
|
449
|
1074 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1075 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1076 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1077 else
|
|
|
1078 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1079 break;
|
|
|
1080
|
|
449
|
1081 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1082 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1083 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1084 break;
|
|
|
1085
|
|
449
|
1086 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1087 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1088 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1089 else
|
|
|
1090 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1091 break;
|
|
|
1092
|
|
449
|
1093 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1094 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1095 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1096 break;
|
|
|
1097
|
|
449
|
1098 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1099 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1100 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1101 else
|
|
|
1102 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1103 break;
|
|
|
1104
|
|
449
|
1105 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1106 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1107 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1108 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1109 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1110 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1111 #endif
|
|
7
|
1112 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1113 break;
|
|
|
1114
|
|
449
|
1115 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1116 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1117 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1118 else
|
|
|
1119 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
449
|
1122 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1123 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1124 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1125 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1126 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1127 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1128 #endif
|
|
7
|
1129 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1130 break;
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1133 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1134 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136 #endif
|
|
|
1137
|
|
449
|
1138 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1139 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1140 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1141
|
|
449
|
1142 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1143 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1144 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1145 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1146 #endif
|
|
|
1147 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1148 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1149 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1150 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1151 break;
|
|
|
1152
|
|
449
|
1153 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1154 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1155 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1156 case CAR:
|
|
|
1157 case NL:
|
|
|
1158 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1159 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1160 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1161 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1162 {
|
|
644
|
1163 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1164 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1165 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1166 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1167 break;
|
|
|
1168 }
|
|
|
1169 #endif
|
|
|
1170 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1171 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1174 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1175 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1176 }
|
|
|
1177 #endif
|
|
|
1178 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1179 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1180 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1181 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1182 break;
|
|
|
1183
|
|
|
1184 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1185 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1186 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1187 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
449
|
1189 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1190 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1191 break;
|
|
7
|
1192 }
|
|
|
1193 # endif
|
|
|
1194 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1195 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1196 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1197 break;
|
|
|
1198 # endif
|
|
|
1199 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1200 #endif
|
|
7
|
1201
|
|
|
1202 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1203 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1204 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1205 break;
|
|
|
1206
|
|
449
|
1207 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1208 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1209 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1210 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
449
|
1212 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1213 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1214 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1215 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1218 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1219 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1220 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1221 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1222 #endif
|
|
|
1223
|
|
449
|
1224 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1225 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1226 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1227 #endif
|
|
|
1228 {
|
|
|
1229 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1230 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
|
1232 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1233 break;
|
|
|
1234 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1237 }
|
|
|
1238 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1239 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1240
|
|
449
|
1241 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1242 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1243 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1244 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1245 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1246 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1247 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1248 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 docomplete:
|
|
|
1251 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1252 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1253 break;
|
|
|
1254 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1255
|
|
449
|
1256 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1257 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1258 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1259 break;
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 default:
|
|
|
1262 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1263 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1264 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1265 #endif
|
|
|
1266
|
|
|
1267 /*
|
|
|
1268 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1269 */
|
|
|
1270 normalchar:
|
|
|
1271 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1272 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1273 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1274 #endif
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1277 {
|
|
|
1278 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1279 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1280 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1281 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1282 #endif
|
|
|
1283 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1284 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1285 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1286 }
|
|
|
1287
|
|
|
1288 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1290 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1291 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1292 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1293 #endif
|
|
|
1294 c))
|
|
|
1295 {
|
|
|
1296 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1297 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1298 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1299 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1300 #endif
|
|
|
1301 }
|
|
|
1302
|
|
|
1303 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1306 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1307 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1308 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1309 #endif
|
|
|
1310 break;
|
|
|
1311 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1314 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1315 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1318 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1319 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1320 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1321 # endif
|
|
|
1322 )
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1325 /*
|
|
|
1326 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1327 */
|
|
|
1328 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1329 {
|
|
|
1330 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1331 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1332 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1333 }
|
|
|
1334 }
|
|
|
1335 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1338 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 /*
|
|
|
1342 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1343 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1344 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1345 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1346 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1347 */
|
|
|
1348 static void
|
|
|
1349 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1350 {
|
|
|
1351 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1352 {
|
|
|
1353 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1354 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1355 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1356 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1357 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1358 setcursor();
|
|
|
1359 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363 /*
|
|
|
1364 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1365 */
|
|
|
1366 static void
|
|
|
1367 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 int c;
|
|
|
1370
|
|
|
1371 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1372 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1375 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1376 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1377
|
|
|
1378 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1379 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1380 #endif
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1383 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1384 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1385 #endif
|
|
|
1386 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1388 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1389 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1390 #endif
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 /*
|
|
|
1394 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1395 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1396 */
|
|
|
1397 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1398 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1399 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1400 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1401 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1403 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1404 #else
|
|
|
1405 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1406 #endif
|
|
|
1407 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1408 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1409 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 void
|
|
|
1412 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1413 int c;
|
|
|
1414 int highlight;
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 int attr;
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1421 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1422 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1423 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1424 else
|
|
|
1425 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1426 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1427 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1428 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1429 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1430 #endif
|
|
|
1431 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1432 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1435 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1436 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
|
1438 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1439
|
|
|
1440 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1441 {
|
|
|
1442 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1443 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1444 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447 # endif
|
|
|
1448 }
|
|
|
1449 else
|
|
|
1450 #endif
|
|
|
1451 {
|
|
|
1452 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1454 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1455 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1456 #endif
|
|
|
1457 }
|
|
|
1458
|
|
|
1459 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1460 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1461 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1462 #endif
|
|
|
1463 {
|
|
|
1464 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1465 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1466 }
|
|
|
1467 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1468 }
|
|
|
1469 }
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 /*
|
|
|
1472 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1473 */
|
|
|
1474 void
|
|
|
1475 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1476 {
|
|
|
1477 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1478 {
|
|
|
1479 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1480 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1481 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1482 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1483 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1484 else
|
|
|
1485 #endif
|
|
|
1486 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /*
|
|
|
1491 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1492 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1493 */
|
|
|
1494 void
|
|
|
1495 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1496 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1501 return;
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1504 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1505 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1506 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1507 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1508 {
|
|
|
1509 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1512 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1513 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1514 }
|
|
|
1515 #endif
|
|
|
1516 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1517 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1518 {
|
|
|
1519 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1520 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1521 }
|
|
|
1522 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1523 }
|
|
|
1524
|
|
|
1525 /*
|
|
|
1526 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1527 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1528 */
|
|
|
1529 static void
|
|
|
1530 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1531 {
|
|
|
1532 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1533 {
|
|
|
1534 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1535 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 /*
|
|
|
1540 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1541 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1542 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1543 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1544 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1545 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1546 */
|
|
|
1547 void
|
|
|
1548 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1549 int type;
|
|
|
1550 int amount;
|
|
|
1551 int round;
|
|
|
1552 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1553 {
|
|
|
1554 int vcol;
|
|
|
1555 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1556 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1557 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1558 int i;
|
|
|
1559 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1560 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1561 int start_col;
|
|
|
1562 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1563 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1564 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1565 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1568 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1569 {
|
|
|
1570 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1571 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1572 }
|
|
|
1573 #endif
|
|
|
1574
|
|
|
1575 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1576 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1577 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1578 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1579 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 /*
|
|
|
1582 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1583 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1584 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1585 */
|
|
|
1586 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1589 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1590 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1591 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1594
|
|
|
1595 /*
|
|
|
1596 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1597 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1598 */
|
|
|
1599 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1600 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1601
|
|
|
1602 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1603 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 /*
|
|
|
1606 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1609 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1610 else
|
|
|
1611 {
|
|
|
1612 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1613 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1616 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1617 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1618 #endif
|
|
|
1619 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1620 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1621 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1622 #endif
|
|
|
1623 }
|
|
|
1624 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 /*
|
|
|
1627 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1628 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1629 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1630 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1631 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1632 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1633 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1634 */
|
|
|
1635 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 /*
|
|
|
1638 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1639 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1640 */
|
|
|
1641 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1642 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1643 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1644 }
|
|
|
1645 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1646 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1647 else
|
|
|
1648 {
|
|
|
1649 /*
|
|
|
1650 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1651 */
|
|
|
1652 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1653 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1654
|
|
|
1655 /*
|
|
|
1656 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1657 */
|
|
|
1658 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1659 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1660 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1661 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1664 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1665 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1666 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1667 else
|
|
|
1668 #endif
|
|
|
1669 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1670 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1671 }
|
|
|
1672 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /*
|
|
|
1675 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1676 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1677 */
|
|
|
1678 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1681 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1682 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1683 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1684 {
|
|
|
1685 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1686 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1687 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1688 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1689 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1690 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1691 }
|
|
|
1692 }
|
|
|
1693
|
|
|
1694 /*
|
|
|
1695 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1696 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1697 */
|
|
|
1698 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1699 }
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1704 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1705 else
|
|
|
1706 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1707 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1708 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 /*
|
|
|
1711 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1712 */
|
|
|
1713 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1716 {
|
|
|
1717 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1718 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1719 else
|
|
|
1720 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1723 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1724 else
|
|
|
1725 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1726 }
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /*
|
|
|
1729 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1730 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1731 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1732 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1733 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1734 */
|
|
|
1735 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1736 {
|
|
|
1737 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1738 {
|
|
|
1739 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1740 --start_col;
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
|
1744 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1745 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1746 {
|
|
|
1747 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1748 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1749 }
|
|
|
1750 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752 }
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1755 /*
|
|
|
1756 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1757 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1758 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1759 */
|
|
|
1760 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1761 {
|
|
|
1762 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1763 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1764 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1765 return;
|
|
|
1766
|
|
|
1767 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1768 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1769 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1770 return;
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
1772 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1773 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1776 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1777 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1780 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1783 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1786 }
|
|
|
1787 #endif
|
|
|
1788 }
|
|
|
1789
|
|
|
1790 /*
|
|
|
1791 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1792 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1793 * modes.
|
|
|
1794 */
|
|
|
1795 void
|
|
|
1796 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1797 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1798 {
|
|
|
1799 int i;
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1802 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1803 {
|
|
|
1804 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1805 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1811 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1812 /*
|
|
|
1813 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1814 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1815 */
|
|
|
1816 void
|
|
|
1817 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1818 int col;
|
|
|
1819 {
|
|
|
1820 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1821 {
|
|
|
1822 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1823 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1824 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1825 else
|
|
|
1826 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828 }
|
|
|
1829 #endif
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
449
|
1833 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1834 */
|
|
|
1835 static void
|
|
|
1836 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1839 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1840 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1841 {
|
|
|
1842 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1843 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1844 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1845 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1846 else
|
|
|
1847 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1848 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1849 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1850 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1851 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1852 showmode();
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /*
|
|
|
1857 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1858 */
|
|
|
1859 static int
|
|
|
1860 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1861 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1862 {
|
|
|
1863 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1864 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1865 {
|
|
|
1866 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1867 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1868 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1869 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1870 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1871 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1872 {
|
|
|
1873 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1874 setcursor();
|
|
|
1875 out_flush();
|
|
|
1876 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1879 }
|
|
|
1880 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1881 }
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 /*
|
|
7
|
1884 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1885 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1886 */
|
|
|
1887 int
|
|
|
1888 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1889 int c;
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1892 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1893 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
610
|
1895 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1896 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1897 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1898
|
|
7
|
1899 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1900 {
|
|
|
1901 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1902 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1903 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1904 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1905 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1906 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1907 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1908 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1909 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1910 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1911 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1912 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1913 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1914 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1915 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1916 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1917 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1918 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1919 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1920 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1921 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1922 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1923 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1924 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1925 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1926 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1927 #endif
|
|
|
1928 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1929 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1930 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1931 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1932 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1933 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1934 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1935 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1936 #endif
|
|
477
|
1937 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1938 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1939 }
|
|
|
1940 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1941 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1942 }
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 /*
|
|
659
|
1945 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
1946 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1947 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1948 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1949 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1950 */
|
|
|
1951 int
|
|
464
|
1952 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1953 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1954 int len;
|
|
|
1955 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1956 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1957 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1960 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1961 int idx;
|
|
|
1962
|
|
|
1963 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1964 {
|
|
|
1965 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1966 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1967 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1970 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1971 {
|
|
|
1972 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1975 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1978 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1979 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1980 break;
|
|
|
1981 }
|
|
|
1982 }
|
|
|
1983 }
|
|
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 /*
|
|
|
1986 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1987 * upper case.
|
|
|
1988 */
|
|
|
1989 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1990 {
|
|
449
|
1991 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1992 {
|
|
449
|
1993 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1994 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1995 {
|
|
|
1996 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1997 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1998 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1999 break;
|
|
|
2000 }
|
|
449
|
2001 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003 }
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2006 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2007
|
|
659
|
2008 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2009 }
|
|
|
2010 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2011 }
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 /*
|
|
|
2014 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2015 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2016 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
2017 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2018 *
|
|
|
2019 * New:
|
|
|
2020 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2021 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2022 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
2023 */
|
|
464
|
2024 int
|
|
659
|
2025 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, extra, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2026 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2027 int len;
|
|
|
2028 char_u *fname;
|
|
659
|
2029 char_u *extra; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
|
2030 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2031 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2032 {
|
|
464
|
2033 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2034 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2037 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2038 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2039 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2040 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2041
|
|
|
2042 /*
|
|
|
2043 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2044 */
|
|
449
|
2045 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2046 {
|
|
|
2047 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2048 do
|
|
|
2049 {
|
|
464
|
2050 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2051 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2052 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2053 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2054 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2055 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2056 }
|
|
|
2057
|
|
540
|
2058 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2059 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2060
|
|
7
|
2061 /*
|
|
|
2062 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2063 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2064 */
|
|
659
|
2065 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2066 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2067 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2068 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2069 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2070 {
|
|
|
2071 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
2072 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2073 }
|
|
|
2074 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2077 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2078 }
|
|
659
|
2079
|
|
7
|
2080 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2081 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2082 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2083 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2084 if (fname != NULL
|
|
|
2085 && compl_curr_match
|
|
|
2086 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2087 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2088 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2089 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2090 {
|
|
|
2091 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2092 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2093 }
|
|
7
|
2094 else
|
|
464
|
2095 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2096 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
659
|
2097 if (extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2098 match->cp_extra = vim_strsave(extra);
|
|
7
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 /*
|
|
|
2101 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2102 */
|
|
449
|
2103 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2104 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2105 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2106 {
|
|
464
|
2107 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2108 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2109 }
|
|
|
2110 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
464
|
2112 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2113 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2116 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2117 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2118 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2119 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2120 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2121 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 return OK;
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125
|
|
|
2126 /*
|
|
|
2127 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2128 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2129 */
|
|
|
2130 static void
|
|
659
|
2131 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches)
|
|
7
|
2132 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2133 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2134 {
|
|
|
2135 int i;
|
|
|
2136 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2137 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2138
|
|
464
|
2139 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
659
|
2140 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2141 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2142 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2143 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2147 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2148 */
|
|
|
2149 static int
|
|
|
2150 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2151 {
|
|
464
|
2152 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2153 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2154
|
|
449
|
2155 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2156 {
|
|
|
2157 /*
|
|
|
2158 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2159 */
|
|
449
|
2160 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2161 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2162 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2163 {
|
|
|
2164 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2165 ++count;
|
|
|
2166 }
|
|
464
|
2167 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2168 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2169 }
|
|
|
2170 return count;
|
|
|
2171 }
|
|
|
2172
|
|
574
|
2173 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2174 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2175 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2176 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2177
|
|
|
2178 /*
|
|
|
2179 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2180 */
|
|
|
2181 static void
|
|
|
2182 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2183 {
|
|
|
2184 int h;
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2187 {
|
|
|
2188 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2189 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2190 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2191 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2192 }
|
|
|
2193 }
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 /*
|
|
|
2196 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2197 */
|
|
|
2198 static void
|
|
|
2199 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2200 {
|
|
|
2201 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2202 {
|
|
|
2203 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2204 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2205 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2206 }
|
|
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 /*
|
|
|
2210 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2211 */
|
|
|
2212 static int
|
|
|
2213 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" */
|
|
|
2216 if (*p_cot == NUL)
|
|
|
2217 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2218
|
|
|
2219 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2220 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2222 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2223 #endif
|
|
|
2224 )
|
|
|
2225 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2226 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 /*
|
|
|
2230 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
|
2231 */
|
|
|
2232 static int
|
|
|
2233 pum_two_or_more()
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2236 int i;
|
|
540
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2239 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2240 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2241 i = 0;
|
|
|
2242 do
|
|
|
2243 {
|
|
|
2244 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2245 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2246 break;
|
|
|
2247 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2248 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2249
|
|
|
2250 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 /*
|
|
|
2254 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2255 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2256 */
|
|
648
|
2257 void
|
|
540
|
2258 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2261 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2262 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2263 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2264 int i;
|
|
|
2265 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2266 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2267 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_two_or_more())
|
|
540
|
2270 return;
|
|
|
2271
|
|
|
2272 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2273 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2276 {
|
|
|
2277 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2278 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2279 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2280 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2281 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2282 do
|
|
|
2283 {
|
|
657
|
2284 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2285 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2286 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader, lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2287 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2288 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2289 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2290 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2291 return;
|
|
659
|
2292 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2293 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2294 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2295 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2296 {
|
|
|
2297 i = 0;
|
|
|
2298 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2299 do
|
|
|
2300 {
|
|
657
|
2301 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2302 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
2303 || STRNCMP(compl->cp_str, compl_leader,
|
|
|
2304 lead_len) == 0))
|
|
540
|
2305 {
|
|
659
|
2306 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2307 {
|
|
|
2308 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2311 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2312 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2313 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2314 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2315 }
|
|
|
2316 else
|
|
|
2317 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2318 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2319 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2320 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2321 }
|
|
|
2322 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2323 if (compl->cp_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
2324 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_extra;
|
|
|
2325 else
|
|
|
2326 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2327 }
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2330 {
|
|
|
2331 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2332 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2333 {
|
|
|
2334 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2335 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2336 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2337 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
540
|
2339 }
|
|
|
2340 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2341 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2342
|
|
|
2343 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2344 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2345 }
|
|
|
2346 }
|
|
|
2347 else
|
|
|
2348 {
|
|
|
2349 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2350 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
659
|
2351 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
657
|
2352 break;
|
|
|
2353 cur = i;
|
|
540
|
2354 }
|
|
|
2355
|
|
|
2356 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2359 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2360 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2361 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
2362 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
2363 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur,
|
|
|
2364 curwin->w_cline_row + W_WINROW(curwin),
|
|
|
2365 curwin->w_cline_height,
|
|
648
|
2366 curwin->w_wcol + W_WINCOL(curwin) - curwin->w_leftcol);
|
|
540
|
2367 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2368 }
|
|
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370
|
|
7
|
2371 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2372 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2373
|
|
7
|
2374 /*
|
|
|
2375 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2376 * completions.
|
|
|
2377 */
|
|
|
2378 static void
|
|
659
|
2379 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
7
|
2380 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2381 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2382 int flags;
|
|
|
2383 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2384 {
|
|
|
2385 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2386 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2387 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2388 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2389 int add_r;
|
|
|
2390 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2391 int count;
|
|
|
2392 int i;
|
|
|
2393 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2394 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2397 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2398 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2399 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2400 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2401 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2402 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2403 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2404 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2405 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2406 {
|
|
|
2407 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2408 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2409 {
|
|
|
2410 count = 1;
|
|
|
2411 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413 else
|
|
|
2414 {
|
|
|
2415 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2416 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2417 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2418 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2419 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2420 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2421 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2422 count = 0;
|
|
|
2423 }
|
|
|
2424
|
|
449
|
2425 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2428 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2429 {
|
|
274
|
2430 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2431 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2432 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2433 }
|
|
|
2434
|
|
|
2435 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2436 {
|
|
|
2437 /*
|
|
|
2438 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2439 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2440 */
|
|
449
|
2441 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2442 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2445 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
|
2447 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2448 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2449 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2450 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2451 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2452 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 /*
|
|
|
2457 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2458 */
|
|
|
2459 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2460 {
|
|
|
2461 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2462 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2463 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2464 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2465 break;
|
|
|
2466 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2467
|
|
|
2468 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2470 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2471 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2472 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2473 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2474 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2475 {
|
|
474
|
2476 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2479 break;
|
|
|
2480 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482 else
|
|
|
2483 #endif
|
|
|
2484 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2485 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2486 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2487 }
|
|
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2490 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2491 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2492 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2493 break;
|
|
|
2494 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2495 * of line */
|
|
|
2496 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2497 break;
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2500 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2501 }
|
|
|
2502 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 }
|
|
|
2505 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2506 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2507 if (flags)
|
|
|
2508 break;
|
|
|
2509 }
|
|
|
2510 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2511 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2512 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2513 }
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 /*
|
|
|
2516 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2517 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2518 */
|
|
|
2519 char_u *
|
|
|
2520 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2521 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2522 {
|
|
|
2523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2524 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2525 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2526 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2527 else
|
|
|
2528 #endif
|
|
|
2529 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2530 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2531 return ptr;
|
|
|
2532 }
|
|
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 /*
|
|
|
2535 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2536 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2537 */
|
|
|
2538 char_u *
|
|
|
2539 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2540 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2543 int start_class;
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
2545 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2546 {
|
|
|
2547 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2548 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2549 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
474
|
2551 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2552 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2553 break;
|
|
|
2554 }
|
|
|
2555 }
|
|
|
2556 else
|
|
|
2557 #endif
|
|
|
2558 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2559 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2560 return ptr;
|
|
|
2561 }
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 /*
|
|
|
2564 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2565 */
|
|
|
2566 static void
|
|
|
2567 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2568 {
|
|
464
|
2569 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2570
|
|
449
|
2571 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2572 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2573 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2574 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2577 return;
|
|
540
|
2578
|
|
|
2579 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2580 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2581
|
|
449
|
2582 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2583 do
|
|
|
2584 {
|
|
449
|
2585 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2586 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2587 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2588 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2589 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2590 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
659
|
2591 vim_free(match->cp_extra);
|
|
7
|
2592 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2593 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2594 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2595 }
|
|
|
2596
|
|
|
2597 static void
|
|
|
2598 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2599 {
|
|
449
|
2600 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2601 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2602 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2603 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2604 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2605 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2606 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2607 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2608 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 /*
|
|
659
|
2612 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2613 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2614 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2615 */
|
|
|
2616 static int
|
|
|
2617 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2618 {
|
|
|
2619 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2620 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2625 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2626 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2627 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2628 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630
|
|
|
2631 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2632 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2633 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2634
|
|
|
2635 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2636 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2637 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2638 {
|
|
|
2639 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2640 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2641 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2642
|
|
|
2643 if (!compl_started)
|
|
|
2644 {
|
|
|
2645 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2646 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2647 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2648 else
|
|
|
2649 {
|
|
|
2650 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2651 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2652 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2653 }
|
|
|
2654 }
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2657 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2658 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2661 }
|
|
|
2662 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2663 }
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 /*
|
|
|
2666 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2667 * matches.
|
|
|
2668 */
|
|
|
2669 static void
|
|
|
2670 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
2671 int c;
|
|
|
2672 {
|
|
|
2673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2674 int cc;
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
2676 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
2677 {
|
|
|
2678 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
2680 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
2681 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
2682 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
2683 }
|
|
|
2684 else
|
|
|
2685 #endif
|
|
|
2686 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2689 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
2690 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2691 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2692 {
|
|
|
2693 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
2694 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2695 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
2696 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2697 }
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699
|
|
|
2700 /*
|
|
659
|
2701 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
2702 * matches.
|
|
|
2703 */
|
|
|
2704 static void
|
|
|
2705 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2708 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
2709 int c;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2712 if (STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
|
2713 return;
|
|
|
2714 p += len;
|
|
|
2715 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2716 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2717 #else
|
|
|
2718 c = *p;
|
|
|
2719 #endif
|
|
|
2720 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
2721 }
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 /*
|
|
7
|
2724 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2725 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
2726 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
2727 */
|
|
540
|
2728 static int
|
|
7
|
2729 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2730 int c;
|
|
|
2731 {
|
|
|
2732 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2733 int temp;
|
|
|
2734 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
2735 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2736
|
|
|
2737 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2738 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2739 */
|
|
|
2740 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2741 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2744 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
2745 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2746
|
|
|
2747 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2748 {
|
|
|
2749 /*
|
|
|
2750 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2751 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2752 */
|
|
|
2753 switch (c)
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2756 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2757 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2758 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2759 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2760 else
|
|
|
2761 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2762 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2763 showmode();
|
|
|
2764 break;
|
|
|
2765 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2766 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2767 break;
|
|
|
2768 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2769 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2770 break;
|
|
|
2771 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2772 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2773 break;
|
|
|
2774 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2775 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2776 break;
|
|
|
2777 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2778 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2779 break;
|
|
12
|
2780 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2781 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2782 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2783 break;
|
|
449
|
2784 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
2785 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
2786 break;
|
|
502
|
2787 #endif
|
|
477
|
2788 case 's':
|
|
|
2789 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2790 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2791 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2792 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2793 #endif
|
|
477
|
2794 break;
|
|
7
|
2795 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2796 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2797 break;
|
|
|
2798 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2799 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2800 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2801 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2802 break;
|
|
|
2803 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2804 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2805 break;
|
|
|
2806 #endif
|
|
|
2807 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2808 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2809 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2810 break;
|
|
|
2811 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2812 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2813 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2814 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2815 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2816 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2817 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2818 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2819 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2820 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2821 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2822 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2823 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2824 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2825 default:
|
|
449
|
2826 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2827 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2828 * mode).
|
|
|
2829 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2830 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2831 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2832 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2833 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2834 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2835 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2836 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2837 {
|
|
449
|
2838 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2839 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2840 else
|
|
449
|
2841 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2842 }
|
|
|
2843 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2844 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2845 showmode();
|
|
|
2846 break;
|
|
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2850 {
|
|
|
2851 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2852 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
|
2854 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2855 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2856 else
|
|
|
2857 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2858 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2859 }
|
|
|
2860 showmode();
|
|
|
2861 }
|
|
|
2862
|
|
449
|
2863 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2864 {
|
|
|
2865 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2866 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2867 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2868 showmode();
|
|
644
|
2869 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
2870 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
2871 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2872 {
|
|
|
2873 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2874 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2875 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2876 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2877 {
|
|
449
|
2878 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2879
|
|
7
|
2880 /*
|
|
|
2881 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2882 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2883 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2884 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2885 */
|
|
464
|
2886 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2887 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2888 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2889 {
|
|
449
|
2890 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2891 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2892 }
|
|
449
|
2893 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2894 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
2895 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
2896 }
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2899 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2900 #endif
|
|
|
2901 /*
|
|
|
2902 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2903 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2904 */
|
|
449
|
2905 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2906 {
|
|
|
2907 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2908 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2909 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2910 {
|
|
|
2911 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2912 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
|
2914 #endif
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
|
2916 else
|
|
|
2917 {
|
|
|
2918 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2919 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2920 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2921 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2922 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2923 }
|
|
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2926
|
|
540
|
2927 /* if the popup menu is displayed hitting Enter means accepting
|
|
|
2928 * the selection without inserting anything. */
|
|
|
2929 if ((c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) && pum_visible())
|
|
|
2930 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
2931
|
|
7
|
2932 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2933 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2934 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2935 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2936 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2937 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2938 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2939 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2942 showmode();
|
|
|
2943 }
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2946 /*
|
|
|
2947 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2948 */
|
|
|
2949 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2950 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2951 #endif
|
|
|
2952 }
|
|
|
2953 }
|
|
|
2954
|
|
|
2955 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2956 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2957 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2958 {
|
|
449
|
2959 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2960 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2961 }
|
|
540
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 return retval;
|
|
7
|
2964 }
|
|
|
2965
|
|
|
2966 /*
|
|
|
2967 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2968 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2969 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2970 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2971 *
|
|
|
2972 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2973 */
|
|
|
2974 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2975 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2976 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2977 int flag;
|
|
|
2978 {
|
|
|
2979 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2980 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2981 #endif
|
|
|
2982
|
|
|
2983 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2984 {
|
|
|
2985 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2986 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2987 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2988 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2989 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2990 ;
|
|
|
2991 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2992 #else
|
|
|
2993 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2994 #endif
|
|
|
2995 }
|
|
|
2996 else
|
|
|
2997 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2998 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2999 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3000 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3001 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3002 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3003 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3004 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
3005 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
3006 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
3007 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
3008 ;
|
|
|
3009 return buf;
|
|
|
3010 }
|
|
|
3011
|
|
12
|
3012 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3013 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 /*
|
|
523
|
3016 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3017 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
452
|
3018 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
3019 */
|
|
659
|
3020 static void
|
|
|
3021 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3022 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3023 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3024 {
|
|
452
|
3025 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3026 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3027 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3028 char_u *p;
|
|
502
|
3029 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3030 pos_T pos;
|
|
659
|
3031 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3032 char_u *x;
|
|
502
|
3033
|
|
|
3034 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3035 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3036 return;
|
|
452
|
3037
|
|
|
3038 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3039 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3040 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3043 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3044 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3045 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3046 return;
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
452
|
3049 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
3050 {
|
|
659
|
3051 if (li->li_tv.v_type == VAR_DICT && li->li_tv.vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3052 {
|
|
|
3053 p = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3054 x = get_dict_string(li->li_tv.vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3055 }
|
|
|
3056 else
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
3059 x = NULL;
|
|
|
3060 }
|
|
452
|
3061 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
659
|
3063 if (ins_compl_add(p, -1, NULL, x, dir, 0) == OK)
|
|
|
3064 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3065 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
452
|
3066 }
|
|
648
|
3067 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3068 break;
|
|
452
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
12
|
3072 }
|
|
|
3073 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3074
|
|
449
|
3075 /*
|
|
|
3076 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3077 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3078 * compl_direction.
|
|
449
|
3079 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
3080 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
3081 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3082 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3083 */
|
|
|
3084 static int
|
|
659
|
3085 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3086 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3089 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3090 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3091 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3092 certain type. */
|
|
|
3093 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3094
|
|
464
|
3095 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3096 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3097 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3098 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3099 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3100 int i;
|
|
|
3101 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3102 int len;
|
|
|
3103 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3104 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3105 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3106 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3107 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3108 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3109
|
|
449
|
3110 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3111 {
|
|
|
3112 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3113 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3114 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3115 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3116 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3117 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3118 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120
|
|
449
|
3121 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3122 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3123 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3124 for (;;)
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3127
|
|
449
|
3128 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3129 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3130 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3131 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3132 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3133 {
|
|
|
3134 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3135 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3136 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3137 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
|
3139 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3140 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3141 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3142 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3143 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3144 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3145 type = 0;
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3148 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3149 {
|
|
|
3150 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3151 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
449
|
3153 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3154 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3155 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3156 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3157 type = 0;
|
|
|
3158 }
|
|
|
3159 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3160 {
|
|
|
3161 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3162 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3163 continue;
|
|
|
3164 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3165 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3166 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3167 }
|
|
274
|
3168 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3169 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3170 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3171 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3172 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3173 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3174 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3175 }
|
|
|
3176 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3177 break;
|
|
|
3178 else
|
|
|
3179 {
|
|
|
3180 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3181 type = -1;
|
|
|
3182 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3183 {
|
|
|
3184 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3185 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3186 else
|
|
|
3187 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3188 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3189 {
|
|
|
3190 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3191 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3192 }
|
|
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3195 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3196 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3197 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3198 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3199 #endif
|
|
|
3200 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3201 {
|
|
|
3202 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3203 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3204 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3205 }
|
|
|
3206 else
|
|
|
3207 type = -1;
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3210 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3213 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3214 continue;
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 switch (type)
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
|
3220 case -1:
|
|
|
3221 break;
|
|
|
3222 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3223 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3224 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3225 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3226 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3227 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3228 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3229 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3230 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3231 break;
|
|
|
3232 #endif
|
|
|
3233
|
|
|
3234 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3235 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3236 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
3237 dict ? dict
|
|
|
3238 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3239 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3240 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3241 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3242 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3243 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3244 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3245 compl_pattern,
|
|
7
|
3246 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
3247 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3248 break;
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3251 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3252 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3253 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3254
|
|
|
3255 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3256 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3257 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3258 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3259 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3260 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3261 {
|
|
659
|
3262 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3263 }
|
|
|
3264 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3265 break;
|
|
|
3266
|
|
|
3267 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3268 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3269 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3273 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
659
|
3274 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 break;
|
|
|
3277
|
|
|
3278 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3279 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3280 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3281 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
659
|
3282 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
3283 break;
|
|
|
3284
|
|
12
|
3285 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3286 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3287 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3288 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3289 break;
|
|
|
3290 #endif
|
|
|
3291
|
|
477
|
3292 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
3293 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3294 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3295 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3296 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
659
|
3297 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches);
|
|
477
|
3298 #endif
|
|
|
3299 break;
|
|
|
3300
|
|
7
|
3301 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3302 /*
|
|
|
3303 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3306 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3307 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3308
|
|
7
|
3309 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3310 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3311 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3312 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3313 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3314 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3315 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3316 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3317 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3318 for (;;)
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
464
|
3320 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3321
|
|
540
|
3322 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3323 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3324 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3325 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3326 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3327 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3328 else
|
|
659
|
3329 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3330 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3331 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
3332 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
3333 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3334 {
|
|
449
|
3335 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
3336 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3337 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3338 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
3341 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
3342 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3343 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3344 {
|
|
|
3345 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3346 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3347 break;
|
|
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349
|
|
|
3350 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3351 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3352 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3353 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3354 continue;
|
|
|
3355 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3356 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
449
|
3358 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3361 continue;
|
|
|
3362 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3363 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3364 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3365 }
|
|
|
3366 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368 else
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
449
|
3370 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3373 {
|
|
449
|
3374 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3375 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3376 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3377 continue;
|
|
|
3378 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3379 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3382 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3383 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3384
|
|
449
|
3385 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3386 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3387 {
|
|
|
3388 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3389 {
|
|
|
3390 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3391 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3392 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3393 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3394 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3395 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3396 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3397 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3398 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3399 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3400 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3401 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3402 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
419
|
3404 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3405 {
|
|
419
|
3406 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3407 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3408 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3409 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3410 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3411 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3412 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3413 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3414 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3415 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3418 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3419 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3420 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3421 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3422 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3425 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3426 }
|
|
449
|
3427 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3428 continue;
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 }
|
|
|
3431 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
540
|
3432 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3433 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3434 {
|
|
|
3435 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3436 break;
|
|
|
3437 }
|
|
|
3438 }
|
|
|
3439 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3440 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
540
|
3442
|
|
449
|
3443 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3444 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3445 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3446 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3449 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3450 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3451 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3452 {
|
|
|
3453 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3454 break;
|
|
|
3455 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3456 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
3457 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
|
3458 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3459 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3460 break;
|
|
|
3461 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3462 }
|
|
|
3463 else
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
|
3465 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3466 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3467 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
449
|
3471 }
|
|
|
3472 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3475 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3476 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3477
|
|
|
3478 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3479 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3480 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3481 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3482
|
|
|
3483 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3484 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3485 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
3486 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3487 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3488 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3489 return i;
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3493 static void
|
|
|
3494 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3495 {
|
|
|
3496 int i;
|
|
|
3497
|
|
|
3498 /*
|
|
|
3499 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3500 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3501 */
|
|
449
|
3502 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3503 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3504 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3508 static void
|
|
|
3509 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
464
|
3511 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3512 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3513 }
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 /*
|
|
|
3516 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3517 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3518 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3519 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3520 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3521 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3522 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3523 *
|
|
449
|
3524 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3525 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3526 *
|
|
|
3527 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3528 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3529 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3530 */
|
|
|
3531 static int
|
|
610
|
3532 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count)
|
|
7
|
3533 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3534 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3535 be at least 1 */
|
|
7
|
3536 {
|
|
|
3537 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3538 int i;
|
|
610
|
3539 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3540 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3541 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3546 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3547 }
|
|
449
|
3548 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
610
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
3551 * around. */
|
|
|
3552 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3555 {
|
|
|
3556 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
3557 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
3558 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
3559 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
3560 }
|
|
|
3561 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
3562 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
657
|
3564 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
3565 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
3566 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
3567 }
|
|
|
3568 else
|
|
610
|
3569 {
|
|
|
3570 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
657
|
3571 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3572 return -1;
|
|
|
3573
|
|
659
|
3574 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
657
|
3575 if (compl_pending && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3576 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3577 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
3578 }
|
|
|
3579 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
3580 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3581 && STRNCMP(compl_shown_match->cp_str,
|
|
|
3582 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)) != 0)
|
|
|
3583 ++todo;
|
|
|
3584 else
|
|
|
3585 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
3586 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
3589 if (found_end)
|
|
|
3590 {
|
|
|
3591 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
3592 {
|
|
657
|
3593 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
3594 break;
|
|
610
|
3595 }
|
|
657
|
3596 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
3597 }
|
|
7
|
3598 }
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3601 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3602
|
|
|
3603 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3604 {
|
|
540
|
3605 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
3606 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
3607
|
|
|
3608 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
3609 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3610
|
|
7
|
3611 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3612 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3613 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3614 }
|
|
|
3615
|
|
|
3616 /*
|
|
|
3617 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3618 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3619 */
|
|
464
|
3620 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3623 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3624 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3625 i = 0;
|
|
|
3626 else
|
|
|
3627 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3628 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3629 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3630 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635
|
|
|
3636 /*
|
|
|
3637 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3638 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3639 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3640 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3641 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3642 */
|
|
|
3643 void
|
|
464
|
3644 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3645 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3648
|
|
|
3649 int c;
|
|
|
3650
|
|
|
3651 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3652 * scripts */
|
|
|
3653 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3654 return;
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3657 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3658 return;
|
|
|
3659 count = 0;
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3662 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3663 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3664 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3667 {
|
|
|
3668 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
3669 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
|
3670 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
7
|
3671 }
|
|
|
3672 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3673 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
610
|
3676 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
3677 }
|
|
|
3678
|
|
|
3679 /*
|
|
|
3680 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
3681 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
3682 */
|
|
|
3683 static int
|
|
|
3684 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
3685 int c;
|
|
|
3686 {
|
|
|
3687 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L || (pum_visible()
|
|
|
3688 && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP)))
|
|
|
3689 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3690 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
3691 }
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 /*
|
|
644
|
3694 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
3695 * is visible.
|
|
|
3696 */
|
|
|
3697 static int
|
|
|
3698 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
3699 int c;
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
|
3702 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN);
|
|
|
3703 }
|
|
|
3704
|
|
|
3705 /*
|
|
610
|
3706 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
3707 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
3708 */
|
|
|
3709 static int
|
|
|
3710 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
3711 int c;
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
|
3713 int h;
|
|
|
3714
|
|
644
|
3715 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
3716 {
|
|
|
3717 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
3718 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
3719 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
3720 return h;
|
|
|
3721 }
|
|
|
3722 return 1;
|
|
7
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 /*
|
|
|
3726 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3727 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3728 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3729 */
|
|
|
3730 static int
|
|
|
3731 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3732 int c;
|
|
7
|
3733 {
|
|
449
|
3734 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3735 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3736 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3737 int n;
|
|
7
|
3738
|
|
610
|
3739 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
3740 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3741 {
|
|
|
3742 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3745 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3746 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3749 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3750 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3751 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3752 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3753 #endif
|
|
|
3754 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3755 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3756
|
|
|
3757 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3758 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3761 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3762 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3763 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3764 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3765 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3766 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3767 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3768 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3769 {
|
|
|
3770 /*
|
|
|
3771 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3772 */
|
|
449
|
3773 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3774 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3775 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3776 {
|
|
449
|
3777 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3778 {
|
|
449
|
3779 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3780 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3781 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3782 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3783 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3784 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3785 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3786 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3787 }
|
|
|
3788 else
|
|
|
3789 {
|
|
|
3790 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3791 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3792 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3793 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3794 {
|
|
449
|
3795 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3796 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3797 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3798 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3799 }
|
|
449
|
3800 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3801 }
|
|
449
|
3802 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
3803 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
3804 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3805 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3806 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3807 {
|
|
449
|
3808 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3809 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3810 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3811 }
|
|
449
|
3812 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3813 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3814 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3815 }
|
|
|
3816 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3817 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3818 else
|
|
449
|
3819 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3820 }
|
|
|
3821 else
|
|
449
|
3822 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3823
|
|
|
3824 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3827 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3828 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3829 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3830 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3831 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3832 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834
|
|
|
3835 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3836 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3837 {
|
|
449
|
3838 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3839 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3840 {
|
|
449
|
3841 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3842 {
|
|
449
|
3843 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3844 ;
|
|
449
|
3845 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3846 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3847 }
|
|
|
3848 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3849 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3850 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3851 else
|
|
449
|
3852 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3853 compl_length);
|
|
|
3854 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3855 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3856 }
|
|
449
|
3857 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3862 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3863 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3864 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3865 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3866 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3867 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3868 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3869 && (
|
|
|
3870 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3871 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3872 #else
|
|
449
|
3873 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3874 #endif
|
|
|
3875 )))
|
|
|
3876 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3877 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3878 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3879 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3880 }
|
|
449
|
3881 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3883 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3884 #else
|
|
449
|
3885 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3886 #endif
|
|
|
3887 )
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
|
3889 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3890 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3891 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3892 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3893 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3894 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896 else
|
|
|
3897 {
|
|
|
3898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3899 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3900 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3901 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3902 {
|
|
|
3903 int base_class;
|
|
|
3904 int head_off;
|
|
|
3905
|
|
449
|
3906 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3907 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3908 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3909 {
|
|
449
|
3910 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3911 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3912 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3913 break;
|
|
449
|
3914 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 else
|
|
|
3918 #endif
|
|
449
|
3919 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3920 ;
|
|
449
|
3921 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3922 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3923 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3924 {
|
|
|
3925 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3926 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3927 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3928 */
|
|
449
|
3929 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3930 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3931 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3932 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3933 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3934 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3935 }
|
|
|
3936 else
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
449
|
3938 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3939 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3940 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3941 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3942 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3943 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3944 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3945 }
|
|
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3949 {
|
|
449
|
3950 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3951 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3952 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3953 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3954 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3955 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3956 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3957 else
|
|
449
|
3958 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3959 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3960 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3961 }
|
|
|
3962 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3963 {
|
|
449
|
3964 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3965 ;
|
|
449
|
3966 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3967 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3968 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3969 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3970 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3971 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3972 }
|
|
|
3973 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3974 {
|
|
449
|
3975 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3976 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3977 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3978 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3979 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3980 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3981 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3982 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3983 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3984 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3985 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3986 }
|
|
523
|
3987 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
3988 {
|
|
12
|
3989 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3990 /*
|
|
502
|
3991 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
3992 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3993 */
|
|
502
|
3994 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
3995 int col;
|
|
502
|
3996 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3997 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3998
|
|
523
|
3999 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4000 * string */
|
|
|
4001 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4002 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4003 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4004 {
|
|
|
4005 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4006 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4007 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4008 }
|
|
452
|
4009
|
|
|
4010 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4011 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4012 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4013 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4014 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4015
|
|
452
|
4016 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4017 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4018 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4019 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4020 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4021
|
|
|
4022 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4023 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4024 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4025 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4026 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4027 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4028 #endif
|
|
449
|
4029 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4030 }
|
|
477
|
4031 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4032 {
|
|
|
4033 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
497
|
4034 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4035 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4036 else
|
|
|
4037 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4038 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4039 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4040 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
477
|
4041 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4042 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4043 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4044 #endif
|
|
|
4045 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4046 }
|
|
449
|
4047 else
|
|
|
4048 {
|
|
|
4049 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4050 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4054 {
|
|
|
4055 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4056 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4057 {
|
|
|
4058 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4059 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4060 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4061
|
|
|
4062 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4063 #endif
|
|
449
|
4064 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4065 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4066 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4067 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4068 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4069 #endif
|
|
449
|
4070 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4071 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073 }
|
|
|
4074 else
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
|
4076 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4077 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4078 }
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4081 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4082 else
|
|
|
4083 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
4086 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
4087 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
4088 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4089 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
659
|
4090 -1, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4091 {
|
|
|
4092 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4093 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4094 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4095 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4096 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4097 }
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4100 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4101 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4102 */
|
|
|
4103 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4104 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4105 showmode();
|
|
|
4106 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4107 out_flush();
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109
|
|
449
|
4110 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4111 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 /*
|
|
|
4114 * Find next match.
|
|
|
4115 */
|
|
610
|
4116 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c));
|
|
449
|
4117
|
|
540
|
4118 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4119 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4120
|
|
449
|
4121 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4122 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4123 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4124 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4125 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4128 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4129 {
|
|
|
4130 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4131 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4132 }
|
|
|
4133
|
|
449
|
4134 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4135 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4136 {
|
|
|
4137 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4138 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4139 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4140 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4141 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4142 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4143 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4144 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4145 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4146 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4147 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4148 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4149 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4150 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152
|
|
464
|
4153 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4154 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4155 else
|
|
449
|
4156 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4157
|
|
|
4158 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4159 {
|
|
464
|
4160 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4161 {
|
|
|
4162 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4163 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4164 }
|
|
449
|
4165 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4166 {
|
|
|
4167 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4168 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4169 }
|
|
464
|
4170 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4173 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4174 }
|
|
|
4175 else
|
|
|
4176 {
|
|
|
4177 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4178 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4179 {
|
|
464
|
4180 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4181 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4182
|
|
449
|
4183 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4186 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4187 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4188 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4189 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4190 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4191 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4192 {
|
|
464
|
4193 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4194 break;
|
|
|
4195 }
|
|
|
4196 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4197 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4198 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4199 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4200 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4201 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4202 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4203 }
|
|
|
4204 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4205 {
|
|
|
4206 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4207 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4208 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4209 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4210 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4211 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4212 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4213 {
|
|
464
|
4214 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4215 break;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4218 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4219 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4220 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4221 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4222 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4223 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4224 }
|
|
|
4225 }
|
|
|
4226
|
|
540
|
4227 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4228 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4229 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4230 {
|
|
|
4231 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4232 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4233
|
|
449
|
4234 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4235 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4236 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4237 else
|
|
449
|
4238 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4239 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4240 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4241 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4242 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4243 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4244 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4245 }
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247 }
|
|
|
4248
|
|
|
4249 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4250 showmode();
|
|
|
4251 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4252 {
|
|
|
4253 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4254 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4255 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4256 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4257 }
|
|
|
4258 else
|
|
|
4259 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4260
|
|
540
|
4261 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4262
|
|
7
|
4263 return OK;
|
|
|
4264 }
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 /*
|
|
|
4267 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4268 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4269 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4270 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4271 */
|
|
|
4272 static int
|
|
|
4273 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4274 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4275 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4276 int len;
|
|
|
4277 {
|
|
|
4278 int m;
|
|
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 case '.':
|
|
|
4285 case '*':
|
|
|
4286 case '[':
|
|
|
4287 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4288 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4289 break;
|
|
|
4290 case '~':
|
|
|
4291 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4292 break;
|
|
|
4293 case '\\':
|
|
|
4294 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4295 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4296 break;
|
|
|
4297 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4298 case '$':
|
|
|
4299 m++;
|
|
|
4300 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4301 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4302 break;
|
|
|
4303 }
|
|
|
4304 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4305 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4306 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4307 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4308 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4309 {
|
|
|
4310 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4311
|
|
474
|
4312 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4313 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4314 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4315 {
|
|
|
4316 --len;
|
|
|
4317 ++src;
|
|
|
4318 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4319 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4320 }
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
464
|
4322 # endif
|
|
7
|
4323 }
|
|
|
4324 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4325 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4326
|
|
|
4327 return m;
|
|
|
4328 }
|
|
|
4329 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 /*
|
|
|
4332 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4333 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4334 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4335 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4336 */
|
|
|
4337 int
|
|
|
4338 get_literal()
|
|
|
4339 {
|
|
|
4340 int cc;
|
|
|
4341 int nc;
|
|
|
4342 int i;
|
|
|
4343 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4344 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4346 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4347 #endif
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4350 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4353 /*
|
|
|
4354 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4355 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4356 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4357 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4358 */
|
|
|
4359 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4360 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4361 #endif
|
|
|
4362 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4363 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4364 #endif
|
|
|
4365 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4366 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4367 i = 0;
|
|
|
4368 for (;;)
|
|
|
4369 {
|
|
|
4370 do
|
|
|
4371 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4372 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4373 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4374 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4375 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4376 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4377 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4378 # endif
|
|
|
4379 )
|
|
|
4380 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4381 #endif
|
|
|
4382 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4383 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4384 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4385 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4387 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4388 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4389 #endif
|
|
|
4390 else
|
|
|
4391 {
|
|
|
4392 if (hex
|
|
|
4393 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4394 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4395 #endif
|
|
|
4396 )
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4399 break;
|
|
|
4400 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4403 {
|
|
|
4404 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4405 break;
|
|
|
4406 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4407 }
|
|
|
4408 else
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4411 break;
|
|
|
4412 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4413 }
|
|
|
4414
|
|
|
4415 ++i;
|
|
|
4416 }
|
|
|
4417
|
|
|
4418 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4420 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4421 #endif
|
|
|
4422 )
|
|
|
4423 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4424 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4425
|
|
|
4426 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4427 {
|
|
|
4428 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4429 break;
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4432 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4433 {
|
|
|
4434 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4435 break;
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
|
4437 #endif
|
|
|
4438 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4439 break;
|
|
|
4440 }
|
|
|
4441 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4442 {
|
|
|
4443 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4444 {
|
|
|
4445 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4446 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4447 }
|
|
|
4448 else
|
|
|
4449 {
|
|
|
4450 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4451 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4452 }
|
|
|
4453 }
|
|
|
4454
|
|
|
4455 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4456 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4457 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4458 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4459 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4460 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4461 #endif
|
|
7
|
4462
|
|
|
4463 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4464 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4465 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4466 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4467 #endif
|
|
|
4468 if (nc)
|
|
|
4469 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4470 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4471 return cc;
|
|
|
4472 }
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 /*
|
|
|
4475 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4476 */
|
|
|
4477 static void
|
|
|
4478 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4479 int c;
|
|
|
4480 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4481 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4484 int len;
|
|
|
4485
|
|
|
4486 /*
|
|
|
4487 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4488 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4489 * mode.
|
|
|
4490 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4491 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4492 */
|
|
|
4493 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4494 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
4495 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
4496 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
4497 #endif
|
|
|
4498 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4501 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4502 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4503 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4504 {
|
|
|
4505 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4506 return;
|
|
|
4507 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4508 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
4509 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
4510 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4511 }
|
|
|
4512 }
|
|
|
4513 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4514 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 /*
|
|
|
4518 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4519 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4520 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4521 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4522 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4523 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4524 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4525 */
|
|
|
4526 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4527 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4528 #else
|
|
|
4529 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4530 #endif
|
|
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4533 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4534 #else
|
|
|
4535 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4536 #endif
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 void
|
|
|
4539 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4540 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4541 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4542 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4543 {
|
|
|
4544 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4545 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4546 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4547 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4548 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4549 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4550 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4551 #endif
|
|
|
4552 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4553 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4554 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4556 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4557 #endif
|
|
|
4558 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4559 int cc;
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4562 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4564 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4565 #endif
|
|
|
4566 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /*
|
|
|
4569 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4570 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4571 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4572 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4573 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4574 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4575 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4576 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4577 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4578 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4579 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4580 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4581 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4582 */
|
|
|
4583 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4584 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4585 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4586 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4587 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4588 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4589 #endif
|
|
|
4590 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4591 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4592 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4593 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4594 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4595 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4596 ))))))
|
|
|
4597 {
|
|
|
4598 /*
|
|
|
4599 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4600 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4601 */
|
|
|
4602 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4603 {
|
|
|
4604 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4605 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4606 {
|
|
|
4607 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4608 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4609 }
|
|
|
4610 }
|
|
|
4611
|
|
|
4612 /*
|
|
|
4613 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4614 */
|
|
|
4615 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4616 {
|
|
|
4617 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4618 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4619 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4620 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4621 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4622 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4624 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4625 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4626 #endif
|
|
|
4627 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4630 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4631 break;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4634 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4635 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4636 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4637 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4638 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4639
|
|
|
4640 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4641 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4642 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4643 else
|
|
|
4644 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4647 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4648 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4649 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4650 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4651 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4652 #endif
|
|
|
4653 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4654 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4655 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4656 #endif
|
|
|
4657 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 {
|
|
|
4660 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4661 break;
|
|
|
4662 }
|
|
|
4663 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4664 break;
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4667 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4668 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4669
|
|
|
4670 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4671 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4672 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4673 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4674 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4675 #endif
|
|
|
4676 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4677
|
|
|
4678 /*
|
|
|
4679 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4680 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4681 */
|
|
|
4682 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4683 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4684 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4687 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4690 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4691
|
|
|
4692 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4693 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4696 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
|
4698 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4699 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4700 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4701 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4702 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4703 break;
|
|
|
4704 #endif
|
|
|
4705 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4708 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4709 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4712 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4713 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4716 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4717 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4718 }
|
|
|
4719 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4720 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4721 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4722 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4723 else
|
|
|
4724 #endif
|
|
|
4725 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4726 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4727 break;
|
|
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4730 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4731 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4732 {
|
|
|
4733 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4734 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4735 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4736 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4737 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4738 break;
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 #endif
|
|
|
4741 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4742 break;
|
|
|
4743 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4744 }
|
|
|
4745
|
|
|
4746 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4749 break;
|
|
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751
|
|
|
4752 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4753 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4754
|
|
|
4755 /*
|
|
|
4756 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4757 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4758 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4759 */
|
|
|
4760 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4761 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4762 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4763 else
|
|
|
4764 #endif
|
|
|
4765 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4766
|
|
|
4767 /*
|
|
|
4768 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4769 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4770 */
|
|
|
4771 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4772 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4773 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4774 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4775 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4776 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4779 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 /*
|
|
|
4782 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4783 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4784 */
|
|
|
4785 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4786 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4787 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4788 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4789 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4790
|
|
|
4791 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4792 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4793 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 else
|
|
|
4796 #endif
|
|
|
4797 {
|
|
|
4798 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4799 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4800 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4801 }
|
|
|
4802
|
|
|
4803 /*
|
|
|
4804 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4805 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4806 */
|
|
|
4807 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4808 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4809 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4810 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4811 #endif
|
|
|
4812 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4813 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4816 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4817 {
|
|
|
4818 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4819 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4820 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4821 {
|
|
|
4822 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4823 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4824 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4825 else
|
|
|
4826 #endif
|
|
|
4827 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4828 }
|
|
|
4829 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4830 }
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4833 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 /*
|
|
|
4836 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4837 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4838 */
|
|
|
4839 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4840 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842 else
|
|
|
4843 #endif
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 /*
|
|
|
4846 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4847 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4848 */
|
|
|
4849 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4850 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4851 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4852 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4853 }
|
|
|
4854
|
|
|
4855 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4856 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4857 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4858 #endif
|
|
|
4859 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4860 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4861 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4862 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4863 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4864 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4865 #endif
|
|
|
4866 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4867 }
|
|
|
4868
|
|
|
4869 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4870 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4873 return;
|
|
|
4874 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4875 {
|
|
|
4876 update_topline();
|
|
|
4877 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4878 }
|
|
|
4879 }
|
|
|
4880 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4881 return;
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4884 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4885 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4886 {
|
|
|
4887 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4888 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4889 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4890 int i;
|
|
|
4891
|
|
|
4892 /*
|
|
|
4893 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4894 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4895 */
|
|
|
4896 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4897 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4900 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4901 ++p;
|
|
|
4902 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4903 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4904 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4905 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4906
|
|
|
4907 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4908 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4909 ++p;
|
|
|
4910 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4911
|
|
|
4912 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4913 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4914 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4915 ;
|
|
|
4916 i++;
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4919 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4920
|
|
|
4921 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4922 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4925 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 /*
|
|
|
4928 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4929 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4930 */
|
|
|
4931 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4932 }
|
|
|
4933 }
|
|
|
4934 }
|
|
|
4935 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4936 #endif
|
|
|
4937
|
|
|
4938 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4939 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4940 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4941 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4942 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4943 #endif
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /*
|
|
|
4946 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4947 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4948 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4949 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4950 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4951 */
|
|
|
4952 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4953 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4954 #endif
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4957 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4958 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4959 #endif
|
|
|
4960 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4961 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4962 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4963 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4964 #endif
|
|
|
4965 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4966 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4967 #endif
|
|
|
4968 )
|
|
|
4969 {
|
|
|
4970 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4971 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4972 int i;
|
|
|
4973 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4976 i = 1;
|
|
|
4977 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4978 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4979 /*
|
|
|
4980 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4981 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4982 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4983 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4984 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4985 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4988 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4989 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4990 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4991 #endif
|
|
|
4992 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4993 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4994 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4995 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4996 {
|
|
|
4997 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4998 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4999 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5000 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5001 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5002 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5003 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5004 # endif
|
|
|
5005 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5006 #else
|
|
|
5007 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5008 #endif
|
|
|
5009 }
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5012 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5013 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5014 #endif
|
|
|
5015 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5016 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5017 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5018 {
|
|
|
5019 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5020 i = 1;
|
|
|
5021 }
|
|
|
5022 else
|
|
|
5023 i = 0;
|
|
|
5024 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5025 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5026 }
|
|
|
5027 else
|
|
|
5028 {
|
|
|
5029 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5030 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5031 {
|
|
|
5032 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5035 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5036 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5037 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039 else
|
|
|
5040 #endif
|
|
|
5041 {
|
|
|
5042 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5043 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5044 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5045 else
|
|
|
5046 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5047 }
|
|
|
5048 }
|
|
|
5049 }
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 /*
|
|
|
5052 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5053 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5054 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5055 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5056 * saved here.
|
|
|
5057 */
|
|
|
5058 void
|
|
|
5059 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5060 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5061 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5062 {
|
|
|
5063 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5064 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5065 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5066 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5067 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5068 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5071 return;
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5074 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5077 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5080 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5081 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5082 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5083 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5084 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5085 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5088 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5089 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5090 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5091 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5092 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5093 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5094 {
|
|
|
5095 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5096 return;
|
|
|
5097 }
|
|
|
5098 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5102 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5103 * comments. */
|
|
|
5104 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5105 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5106 return;
|
|
|
5107 #endif
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 /*
|
|
|
5110 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5111 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5112 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5113 */
|
|
|
5114 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5117 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5118 return;
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
|
5120
|
|
|
5121 /*
|
|
|
5122 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5123 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5124 */
|
|
|
5125 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5126 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5127 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5128 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5129
|
|
|
5130 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5133 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5134 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5135 }
|
|
|
5136 else
|
|
|
5137 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5140 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5141 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5142 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5143 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5144 {
|
|
|
5145 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5146 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5147 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5148 {
|
|
|
5149 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5150 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5151 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5152 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5153 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5154 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5155 }
|
|
|
5156 else
|
|
|
5157 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5158 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5159 }
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5162 }
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 /*
|
|
|
5165 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5166 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5167 * position.
|
|
|
5168 */
|
|
|
5169 static void
|
|
|
5170 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5171 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5174 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5177 {
|
|
301
|
5178 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5179 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5180 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5181 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5182 else
|
|
|
5183 {
|
|
|
5184 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5185 {
|
|
|
5186 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5187 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5188 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5191 {
|
|
|
5192 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5193 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5194 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 }
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199
|
|
|
5200 /*
|
|
|
5201 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5202 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5203 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5204 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5205 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5206 */
|
|
|
5207 int
|
|
|
5208 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5209 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5210 {
|
|
|
5211 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5214 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5217 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5218 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5219 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5220 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5221 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5222 #endif
|
|
|
5223 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5224 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5225 #endif
|
|
|
5226 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5227 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5228 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5229 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5230 # endif
|
|
|
5231 )
|
|
|
5232 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5233 #endif
|
|
|
5234 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5235 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5236 }
|
|
|
5237 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5238 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5239 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5242 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5243 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5246 }
|
|
|
5247
|
|
|
5248 /*
|
|
|
5249 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5250 */
|
|
|
5251 static void
|
|
|
5252 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5253 int c;
|
|
|
5254 {
|
|
|
5255 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5258 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5259 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5262 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5263 }
|
|
|
5264 else
|
|
|
5265 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267
|
|
|
5268 /*
|
|
|
5269 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5270 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5271 */
|
|
|
5272 static void
|
|
|
5273 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5274 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5275 {
|
|
|
5276 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5277 {
|
|
|
5278 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5279 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5280 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
221
|
5282 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5283 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5284 #endif
|
|
7
|
5285 }
|
|
|
5286
|
|
221
|
5287 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5288 /*
|
|
|
5289 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5290 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5291 */
|
|
|
5292 static void
|
|
|
5293 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5300 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5301 }
|
|
|
5302 }
|
|
484
|
5303
|
|
|
5304 /*
|
|
|
5305 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5306 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5307 */
|
|
|
5308 static void
|
|
|
5309 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5312
|
|
499
|
5313 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5314 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5315 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
221
|
5317 #endif
|
|
|
5318
|
|
7
|
5319 /*
|
|
|
5320 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5321 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5322 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5323 */
|
|
|
5324 int
|
|
|
5325 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5326 {
|
|
|
5327 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5328 {
|
|
|
5329 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5330 {
|
|
|
5331 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5332 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5333 }
|
|
|
5334 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5335 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5336 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5337 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5338 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5339 {
|
|
|
5340 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5341 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343 #endif
|
|
|
5344 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5345 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5346 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5347 }
|
|
|
5348 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5349 {
|
|
|
5350 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5351 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5352 }
|
|
|
5353
|
|
|
5354 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5355 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5356 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5357 #endif
|
|
|
5358
|
|
|
5359 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 /*
|
|
|
5363 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5364 */
|
|
|
5365 static void
|
|
|
5366 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5367 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5368 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5369 {
|
|
603
|
5370 int cc;
|
|
|
5371 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5374 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5375
|
|
|
5376 /*
|
|
603
|
5377 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5378 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5379 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5380 */
|
|
603
|
5381 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5382 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5383 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5386 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5387 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389 else
|
|
|
5390 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5393 {
|
|
|
5394 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5395 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5396 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5397 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5398 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5399 {
|
|
10
|
5400 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5401
|
|
7
|
5402 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5403 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5404 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5405 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5406 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5407 {
|
|
|
5408 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5409 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5410 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5411 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5415
|
|
10
|
5416 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5419 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5420 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5421 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5422 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5423 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5424 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5425 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5426 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5427 #endif
|
|
|
5428 }
|
|
7
|
5429 }
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5432 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5435 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5436 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5437 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5438 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5439 {
|
|
10
|
5440 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
5443 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5444 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5445 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5446 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
5447 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5448 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5449 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5450 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5453 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5454 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5455 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5456 {
|
|
|
5457 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5458 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5461 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5462 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5463 # endif
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 }
|
|
|
5466 #endif
|
|
|
5467 }
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5470 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5471 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5472 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5473 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5474 #endif
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
5477 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
5478 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5479 }
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
|
5482 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
5483 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
5484 */
|
|
|
5485 void
|
|
|
5486 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
5487 int c;
|
|
|
5488 {
|
|
|
5489 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5493 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
5494 #else
|
|
|
5495 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
5496 #endif
|
|
|
5497 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
5498 {
|
|
|
5499 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
5500 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
5501 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
5502 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
5503 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
5504 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
5505 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
5506 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509
|
|
359
|
5510 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5511 void
|
|
|
5512 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5515 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517 #endif
|
|
|
5518
|
|
7
|
5519 /*
|
|
|
5520 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5521 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5522 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5523 */
|
|
|
5524 char_u *
|
|
|
5525 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5526 int c;
|
|
|
5527 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5530 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5531 int i;
|
|
|
5532 int len;
|
|
|
5533
|
|
|
5534 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5535 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5538 #endif
|
|
|
5539 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5540 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5543 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5544 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5547 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5550 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5551 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553 #endif
|
|
|
5554 else
|
|
|
5555 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558 #endif
|
|
|
5559 return s;
|
|
|
5560 }
|
|
|
5561
|
|
|
5562 /*
|
|
|
5563 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5564 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5565 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5566 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5567 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5568 */
|
|
|
5569 void
|
|
|
5570 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5571 int flags;
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5574 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5575 else
|
|
|
5576 {
|
|
|
5577 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5578 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5579 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5580 #endif
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5583 {
|
|
|
5584 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5587 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5588 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5589 }
|
|
|
5590 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5591 }
|
|
|
5592 }
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 /*
|
|
|
5595 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5596 *
|
|
|
5597 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5598 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5599 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5600 */
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 int
|
|
|
5603 oneright()
|
|
|
5604 {
|
|
|
5605 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5607 int l;
|
|
|
5608 #endif
|
|
|
5609
|
|
|
5610 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5611 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5612 {
|
|
|
5613 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5614
|
|
|
5615 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5616 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5617 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5619 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5620 #else
|
|
|
5621 *ptr
|
|
|
5622 #endif
|
|
|
5623 ))
|
|
|
5624 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5625 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5626 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5627 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5628 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5629 }
|
|
|
5630 #endif
|
|
|
5631
|
|
|
5632 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5634 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5637 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5638 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5639 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5640 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5641 }
|
|
|
5642 else
|
|
|
5643 #endif
|
|
|
5644 {
|
|
|
5645 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5646 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5647 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5648 }
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5651 return OK;
|
|
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653
|
|
|
5654 int
|
|
|
5655 oneleft()
|
|
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5658 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 int width;
|
|
|
5661 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5664 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5667 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5668 width = 1;
|
|
|
5669 for (;;)
|
|
|
5670 {
|
|
|
5671 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5672 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5673 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5674 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5675 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5676 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5677 # endif
|
|
|
5678 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5679 break;
|
|
|
5680 ++width;
|
|
|
5681 }
|
|
|
5682 # else
|
|
|
5683 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5684 # endif
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5691 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5692 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5693 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5694 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5695 # else
|
|
|
5696 *ptr
|
|
|
5697 # endif
|
|
|
5698 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5699 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5700 }
|
|
|
5701
|
|
|
5702 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5703 return OK;
|
|
|
5704 }
|
|
|
5705 #endif
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5708 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5709
|
|
|
5710 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5711 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5714 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5715 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5716 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5717 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5718 #endif
|
|
|
5719 return OK;
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721
|
|
|
5722 int
|
|
|
5723 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5724 long n;
|
|
|
5725 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5730 {
|
|
|
5731 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5732 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5733 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5734 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5735 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5736 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5737 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5738 else
|
|
|
5739 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5740 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5741 {
|
|
|
5742 /*
|
|
|
5743 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5744 */
|
|
|
5745 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5746 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 while (n--)
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5751 --lnum;
|
|
|
5752 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5753 break;
|
|
|
5754 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5755 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5756 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5757 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5758 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5759 }
|
|
|
5760 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5761 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5762 }
|
|
|
5763 else
|
|
|
5764 #endif
|
|
|
5765 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5766 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5767 }
|
|
|
5768
|
|
|
5769 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5770 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5773 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 return OK;
|
|
|
5776 }
|
|
|
5777
|
|
|
5778 /*
|
|
|
5779 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5780 */
|
|
|
5781 int
|
|
|
5782 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5783 long n;
|
|
|
5784 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5785 {
|
|
|
5786 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5787
|
|
|
5788 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5789 {
|
|
|
5790 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5791 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5792 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5793 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5794 #endif
|
|
161
|
5795 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5796 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5797 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5798 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5799 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5800 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5801 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5802 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5803 else
|
|
|
5804 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5805 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5806 {
|
|
|
5807 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5810 while (n--)
|
|
|
5811 {
|
|
|
5812 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5813 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5814 else
|
|
|
5815 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5816 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5817 break;
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5820 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5821 }
|
|
|
5822 else
|
|
|
5823 #endif
|
|
|
5824 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5825 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827
|
|
|
5828 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5829 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5832 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5833
|
|
|
5834 return OK;
|
|
|
5835 }
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 /*
|
|
|
5838 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5839 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5840 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5841 */
|
|
|
5842 int
|
|
|
5843 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5844 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5845 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5846 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5847 {
|
|
|
5848 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5849 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5850 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5851 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5852
|
|
|
5853 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5854 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5855 {
|
|
|
5856 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5857 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5858 }
|
|
|
5859
|
|
|
5860 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5861 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5862 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5863 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5864 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5867 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5868 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5869 */
|
|
|
5870 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5871 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5872 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5873 {
|
|
|
5874 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5875 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5876 }
|
|
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 do
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5881 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5882 if (last)
|
|
|
5883 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5884 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5885 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5886 }
|
|
|
5887 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5888
|
|
|
5889 if (last)
|
|
|
5890 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5893 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5896 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5897 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5898
|
|
|
5899 return OK;
|
|
|
5900 }
|
|
|
5901
|
|
|
5902 char_u *
|
|
|
5903 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5904 {
|
|
|
5905 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5906 return NULL;
|
|
|
5907 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5908 }
|
|
|
5909
|
|
|
5910 /*
|
|
|
5911 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5912 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5913 */
|
|
|
5914 char_u *
|
|
|
5915 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5916 {
|
|
|
5917 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5918 int len;
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5921 return NULL;
|
|
|
5922 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5923 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5924 {
|
|
|
5925 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5926 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5927 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5928 }
|
|
|
5929 return s;
|
|
|
5930 }
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 /*
|
|
|
5933 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5934 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5935 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5936 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5937 */
|
|
|
5938 static int
|
|
|
5939 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5940 int c;
|
|
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5943 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5944 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5945 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5946
|
|
|
5947 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5948 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5949 }
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 /*
|
|
|
5952 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5953 *
|
|
|
5954 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5955 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5956 *
|
|
|
5957 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5958 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5959 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5960 *
|
|
|
5961 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5962 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5963 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5964 *
|
|
|
5965 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5966 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5967 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5968 */
|
|
|
5969
|
|
298
|
5970 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5971 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5972 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 void
|
|
|
5975 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5976 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5977 {
|
|
|
5978 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5979
|
|
|
5980 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5981 return;
|
|
|
5982 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5983 {
|
|
|
5984 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5985 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5986 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5987 {
|
|
|
5988 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5989 return;
|
|
|
5990 }
|
|
|
5991 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5992 {
|
|
|
5993 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5994 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5995 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5996 }
|
|
|
5997 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5998 }
|
|
|
5999 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6000 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6001 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6002 *p = c;
|
|
|
6003 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6004 }
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 /*
|
|
|
6007 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6008 */
|
|
|
6009 static void
|
|
|
6010 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6011 int c;
|
|
|
6012 {
|
|
|
6013 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6016 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6017 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6018 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6019 break;
|
|
|
6020 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6021 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6022 }
|
|
|
6023
|
|
|
6024 /*
|
|
|
6025 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6026 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6027 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6028 */
|
|
|
6029 static int
|
|
|
6030 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6031 {
|
|
|
6032 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6033 return -1;
|
|
|
6034 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6035 }
|
|
|
6036
|
|
|
6037 /*
|
|
|
6038 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6039 * encountered.
|
|
|
6040 */
|
|
|
6041 static void
|
|
|
6042 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6043 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6044 {
|
|
|
6045 int i;
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6048 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6051 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6052 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6053 return;
|
|
|
6054 }
|
|
|
6055 }
|
|
|
6056
|
|
|
6057 /*
|
|
|
6058 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6059 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6060 */
|
|
|
6061 static void
|
|
|
6062 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6063 {
|
|
|
6064 int cc;
|
|
|
6065 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6066
|
|
|
6067 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6068 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6071 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6072 #else
|
|
|
6073 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6074 #endif
|
|
|
6075 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6076 }
|
|
|
6077 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6078 }
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6081 /*
|
|
|
6082 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6083 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6084 */
|
|
|
6085 static void
|
|
|
6086 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6087 int cc;
|
|
|
6088 {
|
|
|
6089 int n;
|
|
|
6090 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6091 int i;
|
|
|
6092 int c;
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6095 {
|
|
|
6096 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6097 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6098 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6099 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6100 }
|
|
|
6101 else
|
|
|
6102 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6105 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6106 for (;;)
|
|
|
6107 {
|
|
|
6108 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6109 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6110 break;
|
|
|
6111 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6112 {
|
|
|
6113 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6114 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6115 break;
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117 else
|
|
|
6118 {
|
|
|
6119 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6120 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6121 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6122 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6123 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6124 else
|
|
|
6125 {
|
|
|
6126 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6127 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6128 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6129 break;
|
|
|
6130 }
|
|
|
6131 }
|
|
|
6132 }
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134 #endif
|
|
|
6135
|
|
|
6136 /*
|
|
|
6137 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6138 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6139 */
|
|
|
6140 static void
|
|
|
6141 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6144 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6145 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6146 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6147 }
|
|
|
6148
|
|
|
6149 /*
|
|
|
6150 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6151 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6152 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6153 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6154 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6155 */
|
|
|
6156 static void
|
|
|
6157 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6158 {
|
|
|
6159 int cc;
|
|
|
6160 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6161 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6162 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6163 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6164 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6165 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6166 int i;
|
|
|
6167 int vcol;
|
|
|
6168 #endif
|
|
|
6169
|
|
|
6170 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6171 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6174 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6175 {
|
|
|
6176 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6177 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6178 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6179 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6180 }
|
|
|
6181 #endif
|
|
|
6182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6183 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6186 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6187 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6188 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6189 # endif
|
|
|
6190 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6191 }
|
|
|
6192 else
|
|
|
6193 #endif
|
|
|
6194 {
|
|
|
6195 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6196 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6197 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6198 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6199 #endif
|
|
|
6200 }
|
|
|
6201 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6202
|
|
|
6203 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6204 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6205 {
|
|
|
6206 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6207 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6208 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6209 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6210 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6211 {
|
|
|
6212 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6214 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6215 #endif
|
|
|
6216 }
|
|
|
6217 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6220 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6221 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6222 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6223 {
|
|
|
6224 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6225 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6226 }
|
|
|
6227 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6228 }
|
|
|
6229 #endif
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6232 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6235 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6239 /*
|
|
|
6240 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6241 */
|
|
|
6242 static int
|
|
|
6243 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6244 {
|
|
|
6245 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6246 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6247 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6248 # endif
|
|
|
6249 ));
|
|
|
6250 }
|
|
|
6251 #endif
|
|
|
6252
|
|
|
6253 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6254 /*
|
|
|
6255 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6256 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6257 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6258 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6259 */
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 void
|
|
|
6262 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6263 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6264 {
|
|
|
6265 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6266 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6267 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6268 }
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 void
|
|
|
6271 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6272 {
|
|
|
6273 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6274 return;
|
|
|
6275 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6276 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6277 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6278 # endif
|
|
|
6279 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6280 else
|
|
|
6281 # endif
|
|
|
6282 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6283 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6284 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6285 # endif
|
|
|
6286 }
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 #endif
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6291 /*
|
|
|
6292 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6293 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6294 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6295 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6296 *
|
|
|
6297 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6298 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6299 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6300 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6301 *
|
|
|
6302 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6303 */
|
|
|
6304 int
|
|
|
6305 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6306 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6307 int when;
|
|
|
6308 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6309 {
|
|
|
6310 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6311 int try_match;
|
|
|
6312 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6313 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6314 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6315 int icase;
|
|
|
6316 int i;
|
|
|
6317
|
|
|
6318 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6319 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6320 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6321 else
|
|
|
6322 #endif
|
|
|
6323 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6324 while (*look)
|
|
|
6325 {
|
|
|
6326 /*
|
|
|
6327 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6328 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6329 */
|
|
|
6330 switch (when)
|
|
|
6331 {
|
|
|
6332 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6333 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6334 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6335 }
|
|
|
6336 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6337 ++look;
|
|
|
6338
|
|
|
6339 /*
|
|
|
6340 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6341 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6342 */
|
|
|
6343 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6346 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6347 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6348 ++look;
|
|
|
6349 }
|
|
|
6350 else
|
|
|
6351 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 /*
|
|
|
6354 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6355 */
|
|
|
6356 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6357 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6358 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6359 #else
|
|
|
6360 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6361 #endif
|
|
|
6362 )
|
|
|
6363 {
|
|
|
6364 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6365 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6366 look += 2;
|
|
|
6367 }
|
|
|
6368 /*
|
|
|
6369 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6370 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6371 */
|
|
|
6372 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6375 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6376 ++look;
|
|
|
6377 }
|
|
|
6378 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6379 {
|
|
|
6380 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6381 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6382 ++look;
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384
|
|
|
6385 /*
|
|
|
6386 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6387 * cursor.
|
|
|
6388 */
|
|
|
6389 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6390 {
|
|
|
6391 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6392 {
|
|
|
6393 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6394 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6395 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6396 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6397 }
|
|
|
6398 ++look;
|
|
|
6399 }
|
|
|
6400
|
|
|
6401 /*
|
|
|
6402 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6403 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6404 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6405 */
|
|
|
6406 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6407 {
|
|
|
6408 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6409 {
|
|
|
6410 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6411 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6412 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6413 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6414 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6415 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6416 {
|
|
|
6417 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6418 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6419 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6420 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6421 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6422 if (i)
|
|
|
6423 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6424 }
|
|
|
6425 }
|
|
|
6426 ++look;
|
|
|
6427 }
|
|
|
6428
|
|
|
6429
|
|
|
6430 /*
|
|
|
6431 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6432 */
|
|
|
6433 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6436 {
|
|
|
6437 /*
|
|
|
6438 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6439 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6440 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6441 */
|
|
|
6442 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6443 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6444 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6445
|
|
|
6446 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6447 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6450 look++;
|
|
|
6451 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6452 look++;
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454
|
|
|
6455 /*
|
|
|
6456 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6457 */
|
|
|
6458 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6459 {
|
|
|
6460 ++look;
|
|
|
6461 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6462 {
|
|
|
6463 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6464 ++look;
|
|
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466 else
|
|
|
6467 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
6468 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
6469 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
6470 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
6471 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
6472 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
6473 {
|
|
|
6474 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6475
|
|
|
6476 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6477 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
6478 {
|
|
|
6479 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6480
|
|
|
6481 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
6482 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
6483 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6484 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6485 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6486 {
|
|
|
6487 char_u *n;
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
6490 {
|
|
|
6491 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
6492 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
6493 break;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496 else
|
|
|
6497 # endif
|
|
|
6498 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
6499 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
6500 break;
|
|
|
6501 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6502 && (icase
|
|
|
6503 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
6504 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
6505 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507 else
|
|
|
6508 #endif
|
|
|
6509 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
6510 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
6511 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6514 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6515 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6516 && (icase
|
|
|
6517 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6518 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6519 == 0)
|
|
|
6520 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6521 }
|
|
|
6522 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6523 {
|
|
|
6524 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6525 * word. */
|
|
|
6526 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6527 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6528 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6529 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6530 }
|
|
|
6531 if (match)
|
|
|
6532 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6533 }
|
|
|
6534 look = p;
|
|
|
6535 }
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 /*
|
|
|
6538 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6539 */
|
|
|
6540 else
|
|
|
6541 {
|
|
|
6542 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6543 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6544 ++look;
|
|
|
6545 }
|
|
|
6546
|
|
|
6547 /*
|
|
|
6548 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6549 */
|
|
|
6550 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6555
|
|
|
6556 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6557 /*
|
|
|
6558 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6559 */
|
|
|
6560 int
|
|
|
6561 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6562 int c;
|
|
|
6563 {
|
|
|
6564 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6565 {
|
|
|
6566 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6567 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6568 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6569 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6570 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6571 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6572 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6573 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6574 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6575 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6576 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6577 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6578 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6581 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6582 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6583 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6584 return 'X';
|
|
|
6585 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6586 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6587 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6588 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6589 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6590 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6591 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6592 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6593 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6594 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6595 #else
|
|
|
6596 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6597 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6598 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6599 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6600 */
|
|
|
6601 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6602 #endif
|
|
|
6603 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6604 else
|
|
|
6605 return c;
|
|
|
6606 }
|
|
|
6607 else
|
|
|
6608 {
|
|
|
6609 switch (c)
|
|
|
6610 {
|
|
|
6611 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6612 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6613 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6614 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6615 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6616
|
|
|
6617 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6618 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6619 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6620 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6621 default: {
|
|
|
6622 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6623
|
|
|
6624 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6625 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6626 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6627 #else
|
|
|
6628 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6629 #endif
|
|
|
6630 return c;
|
|
|
6631 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6632 break;
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 }
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6637 }
|
|
|
6638 }
|
|
|
6639 #endif
|
|
|
6640
|
|
|
6641 static void
|
|
|
6642 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6643 {
|
|
|
6644 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6645 int regname;
|
|
|
6646 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 /*
|
|
|
6649 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6650 */
|
|
|
6651 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6652 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6655 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6658 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6659 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6660 #endif
|
|
|
6661 }
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6664 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6665 #endif
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 /*
|
|
|
6668 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6669 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6670 */
|
|
|
6671 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6672 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6673 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6674 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6675 #endif
|
|
|
6676 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6679 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6680 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6681 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6682 #endif
|
|
|
6683 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6684 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6685 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6686 #endif
|
|
|
6687 }
|
|
|
6688 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6689
|
|
|
6690 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6691 /*
|
|
|
6692 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6693 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6694 */
|
|
|
6695 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6696 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6697 {
|
|
133
|
6698 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6699 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6700 # endif
|
|
7
|
6701 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6702 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6703 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6704 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6705 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6706 # endif
|
|
7
|
6707 }
|
|
140
|
6708 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6709 {
|
|
|
6710 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6711 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6712 }
|
|
7
|
6713 else
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 #endif
|
|
|
6716 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6717 {
|
|
|
6718 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6719 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6720 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6721 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6722
|
|
|
6723 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6724 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6725 }
|
|
|
6726 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6727 {
|
|
|
6728 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6729 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6730 }
|
|
133
|
6731 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6732 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6733 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6734 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6735 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6736
|
|
7
|
6737 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6738 }
|
|
|
6739 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6740 #endif
|
|
|
6741 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6742 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6743 #endif
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6746 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6747 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6748 }
|
|
|
6749
|
|
|
6750 /*
|
|
|
6751 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6752 */
|
|
|
6753 static void
|
|
|
6754 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6755 {
|
|
|
6756 int c;
|
|
|
6757
|
|
|
6758 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6759 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6760 setcursor();
|
|
|
6761 #endif
|
|
|
6762
|
|
|
6763 /*
|
|
|
6764 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6765 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6766 */
|
|
|
6767 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6768 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6769 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6770 switch (c)
|
|
|
6771 {
|
|
|
6772 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6773 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6774 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6775 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6776 break;
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6779 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6780 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6781 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6782 break;
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6785 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6786 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
6787
|
|
|
6788 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
6789 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
6790 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
6791 break;
|
|
|
6792
|
|
|
6793 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6794 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6795 }
|
|
|
6796 }
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 /*
|
|
449
|
6799 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6800 */
|
|
|
6801 static void
|
|
|
6802 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6803 {
|
|
|
6804 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6807 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6808 {
|
|
|
6809 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6810 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6811 }
|
|
|
6812 else
|
|
|
6813 {
|
|
|
6814 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6815 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6816 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6817 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6818 #endif
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820 }
|
|
|
6821 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6822 else
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6825 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6826 {
|
|
|
6827 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6828 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6829 }
|
|
|
6830 else
|
|
|
6831 {
|
|
|
6832 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6833 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6834 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6835 }
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837 #endif
|
|
|
6838 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6839 showmode();
|
|
|
6840 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6841 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6842 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6843 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6844 #endif
|
|
|
6845 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6846 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6847 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6848 #endif
|
|
|
6849 }
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 /*
|
|
7
|
6852 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6853 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6854 * insert.
|
|
|
6855 */
|
|
|
6856 static int
|
|
477
|
6857 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6858 long *count;
|
|
|
6859 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6860 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6861 {
|
|
|
6862 int temp;
|
|
|
6863 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6864
|
|
449
|
6865 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6866 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6867 #endif
|
|
7
|
6868 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6869 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6870 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6871 # endif
|
|
|
6872 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6873 {
|
|
|
6874 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6875 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6876 }
|
|
|
6877 #endif
|
|
|
6878
|
|
|
6879 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6880 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6881 {
|
|
|
6882 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6883 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6886 {
|
|
|
6887 /*
|
|
|
6888 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6889 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6890 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6891 */
|
|
|
6892 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6893 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 /*
|
|
|
6896 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6897 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6898 */
|
|
|
6899 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6900 {
|
|
|
6901 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6902 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6903 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6907 {
|
|
164
|
6908 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6909 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6910 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6911
|
|
7
|
6912 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6913 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6914 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6915 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6916 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6917 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6918 }
|
|
|
6919 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6920 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6921 }
|
|
|
6922
|
|
|
6923 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6924 * indent */
|
|
|
6925 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6926 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6927
|
|
|
6928 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6929 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6930 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 /*
|
|
|
6933 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6934 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6935 */
|
|
477
|
6936 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6937 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6938 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6939 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6940 #endif
|
|
477
|
6941 )
|
|
|
6942 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6943 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6944 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6945 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6946 #endif
|
|
|
6947 ))
|
|
7
|
6948 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6949 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6950 #endif
|
|
|
6951 )
|
|
|
6952 {
|
|
|
6953 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6954 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6955 {
|
|
|
6956 oneleft();
|
|
|
6957 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6958 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6959 }
|
|
|
6960 else
|
|
|
6961 #endif
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6964 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6965 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6966 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6967 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6968 #endif
|
|
|
6969 }
|
|
|
6970 }
|
|
|
6971
|
|
|
6972 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6973 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6974 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6975 * well). */
|
|
|
6976 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6977 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6978 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6979 #endif
|
|
|
6980
|
|
|
6981 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6982 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6983 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6986 setmouse();
|
|
|
6987 #endif
|
|
|
6988 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6989 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6990 #endif
|
|
|
6991
|
|
|
6992 /*
|
|
|
6993 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6994 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6995 */
|
|
|
6996 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6997 showmode();
|
|
|
6998 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6999 MSG("");
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7002 }
|
|
|
7003
|
|
|
7004 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7005 /*
|
|
|
7006 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7007 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7008 */
|
|
|
7009 static void
|
|
|
7010 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7015 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7016 }
|
|
|
7017 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7018 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7019 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7022 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7023 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7024 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 else
|
|
|
7027 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7028 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7029 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7030 {
|
|
|
7031 /*
|
|
|
7032 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7033 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7034 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7035 */
|
|
|
7036 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7037 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7038 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7039 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7040 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7041 }
|
|
|
7042 else
|
|
|
7043 #endif
|
|
|
7044 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7045 showmode();
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047 #endif
|
|
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7050 /*
|
|
|
7051 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7052 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7053 */
|
|
|
7054 static int
|
|
|
7055 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7056 int c;
|
|
|
7057 {
|
|
|
7058 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7059 switch (c)
|
|
|
7060 {
|
|
|
7061 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7062 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7063 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7064 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7065 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7066 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7067 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7068 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7069 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7070 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7071 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7072 case K_END:
|
|
|
7073 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7074 # endif
|
|
|
7075 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7076 break;
|
|
|
7077 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7078 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7079 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7080 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7081 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7082 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7083 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7084 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7085 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7086 start_selection();
|
|
|
7087
|
|
|
7088 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7089 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7090 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7091 {
|
|
|
7092 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7093
|
|
|
7094 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7095 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7096 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7097 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7098 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7099 }
|
|
|
7100 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7101 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105 #endif
|
|
|
7106
|
|
|
7107 /*
|
|
449
|
7108 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7109 */
|
|
|
7110 static void
|
|
|
7111 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7112 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7113 {
|
|
|
7114 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7115 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7116 {
|
|
|
7117 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7118 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7119 return;
|
|
|
7120 }
|
|
|
7121 #endif
|
|
|
7122
|
|
|
7123 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7124 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7125 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7126 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
7127 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7128 # endif
|
|
449
|
7129 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7130 #endif
|
|
|
7131 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7132 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7133 else
|
|
|
7134 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7135 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7136 showmode();
|
|
|
7137 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7138 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7139 #endif
|
|
|
7140 }
|
|
|
7141
|
|
|
7142 /*
|
|
|
7143 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7144 */
|
|
|
7145 static void
|
|
|
7146 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7147 {
|
|
|
7148 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7149 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7150 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7151 else
|
|
|
7152 #endif
|
|
|
7153 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7154 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7155 else
|
|
|
7156 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7157 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7158 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7159 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7160 else
|
|
|
7161 #endif
|
|
|
7162 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7163 }
|
|
|
7164
|
|
|
7165 /*
|
|
7
|
7166 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7167 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7168 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7169 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7170 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7171 */
|
|
|
7172 static void
|
|
|
7173 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7174 int c;
|
|
|
7175 int lastc;
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7178 return;
|
|
|
7179 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7180
|
|
|
7181 /*
|
|
|
7182 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7183 */
|
|
|
7184 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7185 {
|
|
|
7186 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7187 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7188 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7189 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7190 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7191 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7192 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7193 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7194 }
|
|
|
7195 else
|
|
|
7196 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7199 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7200 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7201 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7202 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7203 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7204 #endif
|
|
|
7205 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7206 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7207 #endif
|
|
|
7208 }
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 static void
|
|
|
7211 ins_del()
|
|
|
7212 {
|
|
|
7213 int temp;
|
|
|
7214
|
|
|
7215 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7216 return;
|
|
|
7217 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7218 {
|
|
|
7219 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7220 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7221 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7222 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7223 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7224 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7225 else
|
|
|
7226 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7227 }
|
|
|
7228 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7229 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7230 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7231 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7232 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7233 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7234 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7235 #endif
|
|
|
7236 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7237 }
|
|
|
7238
|
|
|
7239 /*
|
|
|
7240 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7241 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7242 */
|
|
|
7243 static int
|
|
|
7244 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7245 int c;
|
|
|
7246 int mode;
|
|
|
7247 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7248 {
|
|
|
7249 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7250 int cc;
|
|
|
7251 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7252 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7253 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7254 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7255 int oldState;
|
|
|
7256 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7257 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
7258 #endif
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 /*
|
|
|
7261 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7262 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7263 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7264 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7265 */
|
|
|
7266 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7267 || (
|
|
|
7268 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7269 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7270 #endif
|
|
|
7271 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7272 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7273 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7274 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7275 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7276 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7277 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7278 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7279 {
|
|
|
7280 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7281 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7282 }
|
|
|
7283
|
|
|
7284 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7285 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7286 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7287 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7288 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7289 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7290 #endif
|
|
|
7291 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7292 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7295 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7296 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7297 #endif
|
|
|
7298
|
|
|
7299 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7300 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7301 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7302 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7303 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7304 */
|
|
|
7305 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7306 {
|
|
|
7307 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7308 {
|
|
|
7309 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7310 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7311 }
|
|
|
7312 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7313 {
|
|
|
7314 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7315 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7316 }
|
|
|
7317 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7318 }
|
|
|
7319 #endif
|
|
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 /*
|
|
|
7322 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7323 */
|
|
|
7324 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7325 {
|
|
|
7326 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7327 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7328 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7329 || revins_on
|
|
|
7330 #endif
|
|
|
7331 )
|
|
|
7332 {
|
|
|
7333 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7334 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7335 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7336 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7337 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7338 }
|
|
|
7339 /*
|
|
|
7340 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7341 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7342 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7343 */
|
|
|
7344 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7345 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7346 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7347 /*
|
|
|
7348 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7349 * cursor.
|
|
|
7350 */
|
|
|
7351 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7352 {
|
|
|
7353 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7354 }
|
|
|
7355 else
|
|
|
7356 {
|
|
|
7357 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7358 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7359 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7360 #endif
|
|
|
7361 {
|
|
|
7362 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7363 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7364
|
|
|
7365 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7366 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7367 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7368 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7369 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7370 {
|
|
|
7371 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7372 TRUE);
|
|
|
7373 int len;
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7376 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7377 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7378 }
|
|
|
7379
|
|
7
|
7380 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7381 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7382 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7383 }
|
|
|
7384 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7385 else
|
|
|
7386 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7387 #endif
|
|
|
7388
|
|
|
7389 /*
|
|
|
7390 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7391 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7392 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7393 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7394 */
|
|
|
7395 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7396 {
|
|
|
7397 /*
|
|
|
7398 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7399 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7400 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7401 */
|
|
|
7402 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7403 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7404 /*
|
|
|
7405 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7406 */
|
|
|
7407 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7408 {
|
|
|
7409 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7410 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7411 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7412 #else
|
|
|
7413 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7414 #endif
|
|
|
7415 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7416 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7417 }
|
|
|
7418 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7419 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7420 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7421 }
|
|
|
7422 }
|
|
|
7423 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7424 }
|
|
|
7425 else
|
|
|
7426 {
|
|
|
7427 /*
|
|
|
7428 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7429 */
|
|
|
7430 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7431 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7432 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7433 #endif
|
|
|
7434 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7435 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7436 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7437 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7438 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7439 #endif
|
|
|
7440 )
|
|
|
7441 {
|
|
|
7442 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7443 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7444 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7445 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7446 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 /*
|
|
|
7450 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7451 */
|
|
|
7452 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7453 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7454 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7455 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7456 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7457 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7458 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7459 {
|
|
|
7460 int ts;
|
|
|
7461 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7462 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7463 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
7466 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
7467 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7468 else
|
|
|
7469 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7470 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
7471 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
7472 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
7473 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7474 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7475 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
7476 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7477 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
7478
|
|
|
7479 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
7480 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
7481 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
7482 {
|
|
|
7483 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7484 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7485 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7486 {
|
|
|
7487 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
7488 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
7489 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7490 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7491 {
|
|
|
7492 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
7493 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7494 {
|
|
|
7495 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7496 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
7497 }
|
|
|
7498 else
|
|
|
7499 #endif
|
|
|
7500 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7501 }
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503 else
|
|
|
7504 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7505 }
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
7508 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
7509 {
|
|
|
7510 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
7511 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7512 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7513 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7514
|
|
|
7515 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7516 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7517 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7518 else
|
|
|
7519 #endif
|
|
|
7520 {
|
|
|
7521 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7522 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7523 {
|
|
|
7524 if (extra)
|
|
|
7525 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7526 else
|
|
|
7527 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7528 }
|
|
|
7529 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7530 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7531 }
|
|
|
7532 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7533 }
|
|
|
7534 }
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 /*
|
|
|
7537 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7538 */
|
|
|
7539 else do
|
|
|
7540 {
|
|
|
7541 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7542 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7543 #endif
|
|
|
7544 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7545
|
|
|
7546 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7547 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7548 {
|
|
|
7549 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7550 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7553 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7554 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7555 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7556 {
|
|
|
7557 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7558 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7559 #endif
|
|
|
7560 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7561 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7562 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7563 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7564 #endif
|
|
|
7565 break;
|
|
|
7566 }
|
|
|
7567 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7568 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7569 else
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
|
7571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7572 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7573 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7574 #endif
|
|
|
7575 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7577 /*
|
|
|
7578 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7579 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7580 * character.
|
|
|
7581 */
|
|
|
7582 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7583 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7584 #endif
|
|
|
7585 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7586 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7587 {
|
|
|
7588 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7589 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7590 }
|
|
|
7591 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7592 break;
|
|
|
7593 #endif
|
|
|
7594 }
|
|
|
7595 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7596 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7597 break;
|
|
|
7598 } while (
|
|
|
7599 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7600 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7601 #endif
|
|
|
7602 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7603 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7604 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7605 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7608 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7609 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7610 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7611 #endif
|
|
|
7612 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7613 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7614 /*
|
|
|
7615 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7616 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7617 * with.
|
|
|
7618 */
|
|
|
7619 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7622 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7623 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7624 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7625
|
|
|
7626 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7627 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7628 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7629 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7630 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7631 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7632 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7633 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7634 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7635
|
|
|
7636 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7640 static void
|
|
|
7641 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7642 int c;
|
|
|
7643 {
|
|
|
7644 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7645
|
|
|
7646 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7647 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7648 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7649 # endif
|
|
|
7650 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7651 return;
|
|
|
7652
|
|
|
7653 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7654 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7655 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7656 {
|
|
|
7657 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7658 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7659 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7660 # endif
|
|
|
7661 }
|
|
|
7662
|
|
|
7663 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7664 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7665 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7666 #endif
|
|
|
7667 }
|
|
|
7668
|
|
|
7669 static void
|
|
|
7670 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7671 int up;
|
|
|
7672 {
|
|
|
7673 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7674 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7675 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7676 # endif
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7679
|
|
|
7680 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7681 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7684 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7685 {
|
|
|
7686 int row, col;
|
|
|
7687
|
|
|
7688 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7689 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7692 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7693 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7696 # endif
|
|
|
7697 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7698
|
|
|
7699 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7700 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7701 else
|
|
|
7702 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7705 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7706
|
|
|
7707 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7708 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7709 # endif
|
|
|
7710
|
|
|
7711 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7712 {
|
|
|
7713 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7714 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7715 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7716 # endif
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718 }
|
|
|
7719 #endif
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7722 void
|
|
|
7723 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7724 {
|
|
|
7725 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7728 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7729 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7730 {
|
|
|
7731 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7732 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7733 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7734 # endif
|
|
|
7735 }
|
|
|
7736 }
|
|
|
7737
|
|
|
7738 void
|
|
|
7739 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7740 {
|
|
|
7741 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7744 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7745 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7746 {
|
|
|
7747 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7748 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7749 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7750 # endif
|
|
|
7751 }
|
|
|
7752 }
|
|
|
7753 #endif
|
|
|
7754
|
|
|
7755 static void
|
|
|
7756 ins_left()
|
|
|
7757 {
|
|
|
7758 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7759
|
|
|
7760 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7761 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7762 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7763 #endif
|
|
|
7764 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7765 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7766 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7767 {
|
|
|
7768 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7769 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7770 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7771 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7772 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7773 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7774 #endif
|
|
|
7775 }
|
|
|
7776
|
|
|
7777 /*
|
|
|
7778 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7779 * previous line
|
|
|
7780 */
|
|
|
7781 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7782 {
|
|
|
7783 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7784 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7785 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7786 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7787 }
|
|
|
7788 else
|
|
|
7789 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7790 }
|
|
|
7791
|
|
|
7792 static void
|
|
|
7793 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7794 int c;
|
|
|
7795 {
|
|
|
7796 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7799 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7800 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7801 #endif
|
|
|
7802 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7803 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7804 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7805 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7806 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7807 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7808 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7809 #endif
|
|
|
7810 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7811 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7812 }
|
|
|
7813
|
|
|
7814 static void
|
|
|
7815 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7816 int c;
|
|
|
7817 {
|
|
|
7818 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7821 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7822 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7823 #endif
|
|
|
7824 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7825 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7826 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7827 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7828 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7829 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7832 }
|
|
|
7833
|
|
|
7834 static void
|
|
|
7835 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7836 {
|
|
|
7837 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7838 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7839 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7840 #endif
|
|
|
7841 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7842 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7843 {
|
|
|
7844 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7845 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7846 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7847 }
|
|
|
7848 else
|
|
|
7849 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7850 }
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 static void
|
|
|
7853 ins_right()
|
|
|
7854 {
|
|
|
7855 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7856 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7857 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7858 #endif
|
|
|
7859 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7860 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7861 )
|
|
|
7862 {
|
|
|
7863 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7864 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7865 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7866 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7867 oneright();
|
|
|
7868 else
|
|
|
7869 #endif
|
|
|
7870 {
|
|
|
7871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7872 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7873 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7874 else
|
|
|
7875 #endif
|
|
|
7876 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7877 }
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7880 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7881 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7882 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7883 #endif
|
|
|
7884 }
|
|
|
7885 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7886 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7887 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7888 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7889 {
|
|
|
7890 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7891 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7892 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7893 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7894 }
|
|
|
7895 else
|
|
|
7896 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7897 }
|
|
|
7898
|
|
|
7899 static void
|
|
|
7900 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7901 {
|
|
|
7902 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7903 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7904 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7905 #endif
|
|
|
7906 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7907 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7908 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7909 {
|
|
|
7910 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7911 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7912 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914 else
|
|
|
7915 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7916 }
|
|
|
7917
|
|
|
7918 static void
|
|
|
7919 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7920 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7921 {
|
|
|
7922 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7923 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7925 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7926 #endif
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7929 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7930 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7931 {
|
|
|
7932 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7933 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7934 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7935 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7936 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7937 #endif
|
|
|
7938 )
|
|
|
7939 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7940 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7941 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7942 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7943 #endif
|
|
|
7944 }
|
|
|
7945 else
|
|
|
7946 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7947 }
|
|
|
7948
|
|
|
7949 static void
|
|
|
7950 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7951 {
|
|
|
7952 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7955 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7956 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7957 {
|
|
|
7958 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7959 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7960 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7961 #endif
|
|
|
7962 }
|
|
|
7963 else
|
|
|
7964 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 static void
|
|
|
7968 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7969 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7972 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7973 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7974 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7975 #endif
|
|
|
7976
|
|
|
7977 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7978 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7979 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7980 {
|
|
|
7981 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7982 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7983 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7984 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7985 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7986 #endif
|
|
|
7987 )
|
|
|
7988 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7989 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7990 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7991 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7992 #endif
|
|
|
7993 }
|
|
|
7994 else
|
|
|
7995 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7996 }
|
|
|
7997
|
|
|
7998 static void
|
|
|
7999 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8000 {
|
|
|
8001 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8002
|
|
|
8003 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8004 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8005 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8006 {
|
|
|
8007 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8008 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8009 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8010 #endif
|
|
|
8011 }
|
|
|
8012 else
|
|
|
8013 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8014 }
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8017 static void
|
|
|
8018 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8019 {
|
|
|
8020 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8021 }
|
|
|
8022 #endif
|
|
|
8023
|
|
|
8024 /*
|
|
|
8025 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8026 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8027 */
|
|
|
8028 static int
|
|
|
8029 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8030 {
|
|
|
8031 int ind;
|
|
|
8032 int i;
|
|
|
8033 int temp;
|
|
|
8034
|
|
|
8035 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8036 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8037 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8038 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8039
|
|
|
8040 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8041 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8042 if (ind)
|
|
|
8043 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8044 #endif
|
|
|
8045
|
|
|
8046 /*
|
|
|
8047 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8048 */
|
|
|
8049 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8050 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8051 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8052 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8053
|
|
|
8054 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8055 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8056
|
|
|
8057 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8058 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8059 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8060 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8061 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8062 #endif
|
|
|
8063 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8064
|
|
|
8065 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8066 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8067 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8068 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8069 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8070 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8071 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 /*
|
|
|
8074 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8075 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8076 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8077 */
|
|
|
8078 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8079 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8080 {
|
|
|
8081 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8082 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8083 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8084 else
|
|
|
8085 #endif
|
|
|
8086 {
|
|
|
8087 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8088 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8089 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8090 }
|
|
|
8091 }
|
|
|
8092
|
|
|
8093 /*
|
|
|
8094 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8095 */
|
|
|
8096 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8097 {
|
|
|
8098 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8099 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8100 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8101 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8102 #endif
|
|
|
8103 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8104 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8105 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8106 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8107 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8108
|
|
|
8109 /*
|
|
|
8110 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8111 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8112 */
|
|
|
8113 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8114 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8115 {
|
|
|
8116 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8117 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8118 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8119 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8120 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8121 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8122 }
|
|
|
8123 else
|
|
|
8124 #endif
|
|
|
8125 {
|
|
|
8126 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8127 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8128 }
|
|
|
8129
|
|
|
8130 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8131 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8132 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8133
|
|
|
8134 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8135 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8136 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8137 {
|
|
|
8138 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8139 --ptr;
|
|
|
8140 }
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8143 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8144 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8145 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8146 {
|
|
|
8147 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8148 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8149 }
|
|
|
8150
|
|
|
8151 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8152 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8153 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8154
|
|
|
8155 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8156 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8157 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8158 {
|
|
|
8159 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8160 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8161 break;
|
|
|
8162 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8163 {
|
|
|
8164 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8165 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8166 {
|
|
|
8167 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8168 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8169 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8170 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8171 }
|
|
|
8172 }
|
|
|
8173 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8174 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8175 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8176 }
|
|
|
8177
|
|
|
8178 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8179 {
|
|
|
8180 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8183 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8184 {
|
|
|
8185 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8186 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8187 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8188 }
|
|
|
8189 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8190 {
|
|
|
8191 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8192 --ptr;
|
|
|
8193 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8194 }
|
|
|
8195 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8196
|
|
|
8197 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8198 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8199 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8200 {
|
|
|
8201 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8202 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8203 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8204 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8205 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8206 #endif
|
|
|
8207 )
|
|
|
8208 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8209 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8210 }
|
|
33
|
8211 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8212 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8213 {
|
|
|
8214 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8215 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8216 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8217 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8218 }
|
|
|
8219 #endif
|
|
7
|
8220 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8221
|
|
|
8222 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8223 /*
|
|
|
8224 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8225 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8226 * spacing.
|
|
|
8227 */
|
|
|
8228 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8229 {
|
|
|
8230 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8231 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8232
|
|
|
8233 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8234 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8235 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8236 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8237 }
|
|
|
8238 #endif
|
|
|
8239 }
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8242 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8243 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8244 #endif
|
|
|
8245 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8246 }
|
|
|
8247
|
|
|
8248 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8249 }
|
|
|
8250
|
|
|
8251 /*
|
|
|
8252 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8253 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8254 */
|
|
|
8255 static int
|
|
|
8256 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8257 int c;
|
|
|
8258 {
|
|
|
8259 int i;
|
|
|
8260
|
|
|
8261 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8262 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8263 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8264 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8265 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8266
|
|
|
8267 /*
|
|
|
8268 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8269 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8270 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8271 */
|
|
|
8272 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8273 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8274 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8275 #endif
|
|
|
8276 )
|
|
|
8277 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8278
|
|
|
8279 /*
|
|
|
8280 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8281 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8282 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8283 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8284 */
|
|
|
8285
|
|
|
8286 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8287 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8288 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8289 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8290 # endif
|
|
|
8291 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8292 * current line. */
|
|
|
8293 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8294 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8295 #endif
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8298 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8299 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8300 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8301 #endif
|
|
|
8302 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8303 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8304 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8305 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8306 #endif
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 return (!i);
|
|
|
8309 }
|
|
|
8310
|
|
|
8311 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8312 /*
|
|
|
8313 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8314 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8315 * done.
|
|
|
8316 */
|
|
|
8317 static int
|
|
|
8318 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8319 {
|
|
|
8320 int c;
|
|
|
8321 int cc;
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8324 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8327 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8330 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8331 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8332 #endif
|
|
|
8333 }
|
|
|
8334
|
|
|
8335 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8336 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8337 #endif
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8340 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8341 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8342 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8343 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8344 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8345 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8346 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8347 {
|
|
|
8348 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8349 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8350 #endif
|
|
|
8351 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8352 return NUL;
|
|
|
8353 }
|
|
|
8354 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8355 {
|
|
|
8356 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8357 {
|
|
|
8358 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
8359 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8362 {
|
|
|
8363 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8364 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8365 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8366 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
8367 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8368 }
|
|
|
8369 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8370 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8371 #endif
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8374 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8375 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8376 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8377 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8378 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8379 {
|
|
|
8380 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8381 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8382 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8383 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8384 #endif
|
|
|
8385 return c;
|
|
|
8386 }
|
|
|
8387 }
|
|
|
8388 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8389 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8390 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8391 #endif
|
|
|
8392 return NUL;
|
|
|
8393 }
|
|
|
8394 #endif
|
|
|
8395
|
|
|
8396 /*
|
|
|
8397 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8398 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8399 */
|
|
|
8400 static int
|
|
|
8401 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8402 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 int c;
|
|
|
8405 int temp;
|
|
|
8406 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8407
|
|
|
8408 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8409 {
|
|
|
8410 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8411 return NUL;
|
|
|
8412 }
|
|
|
8413
|
|
|
8414 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8415 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8416 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8417 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8418 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8419 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8420 {
|
|
|
8421 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8422 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
8423 }
|
|
|
8424 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
8425 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8428 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
8429 #else
|
|
|
8430 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
8431 #endif
|
|
|
8432 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
8433 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8434 return c;
|
|
|
8435 }
|
|
|
8436
|
|
449
|
8437 /*
|
|
|
8438 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8439 */
|
|
|
8440 static int
|
|
|
8441 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
8442 int tc;
|
|
|
8443 {
|
|
|
8444 int c = tc;
|
|
|
8445
|
|
|
8446 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8447 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
8448 {
|
|
|
8449 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
8450 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
8451 else
|
|
|
8452 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
8453 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8454 }
|
|
|
8455 else
|
|
|
8456 #endif
|
|
|
8457 {
|
|
|
8458 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
8459 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
8460 {
|
|
|
8461 long tw_save;
|
|
|
8462
|
|
|
8463 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
8464 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
8465 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
8466 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
8467 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
8468 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
8469 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
8470 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
8471 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8472 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
8473 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8474 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8475 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8476 #endif
|
|
|
8477 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
8478 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
8479 }
|
|
|
8480 }
|
|
|
8481 return c;
|
|
|
8482 }
|
|
|
8483
|
|
7
|
8484 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8485 /*
|
|
|
8486 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
8487 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
8488 */
|
|
|
8489 static void
|
|
|
8490 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
8491 int c;
|
|
|
8492 {
|
|
|
8493 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
8494 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8495 int i;
|
|
|
8496 int temp;
|
|
|
8497
|
|
|
8498 /*
|
|
|
8499 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
8500 */
|
|
|
8501 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
8502 {
|
|
|
8503 /*
|
|
|
8504 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
8505 */
|
|
|
8506 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8507 {
|
|
|
8508 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8509 /*
|
|
|
8510 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
8511 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
8512 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
8513 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
8514 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
8515 */
|
|
|
8516 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8517 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8518 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8519 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8520 ;
|
|
|
8521 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8522 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8523 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8524 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8525 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8526 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8527 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8528 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8529 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8530 else
|
|
|
8531 #endif
|
|
|
8532 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8533 }
|
|
|
8534 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8535 {
|
|
|
8536 /*
|
|
|
8537 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8538 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8539 */
|
|
|
8540 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8541 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8542 {
|
|
|
8543 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8544 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8545 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8546 {
|
|
|
8547 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8548
|
|
|
8549 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8550 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8551 break;
|
|
|
8552 }
|
|
|
8553 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8554 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8555 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8556 }
|
|
|
8557 if (temp)
|
|
|
8558 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8559 }
|
|
|
8560 }
|
|
|
8561
|
|
|
8562 /*
|
|
|
8563 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8564 */
|
|
|
8565 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8566 {
|
|
|
8567 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8568 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8569 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8570 }
|
|
|
8571
|
|
|
8572 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8573 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8574 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8575 }
|
|
|
8576 #endif
|
|
|
8577
|
|
|
8578 /*
|
|
|
8579 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8580 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8581 */
|
|
|
8582 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8583 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8584 {
|
|
|
8585 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8586 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8587 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8588 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8589 }
|
